Skip to main content

Full text of "The art of horse-shoeing"

See other formats


f///////MM 


''rf/r7/;'///^'////'/0m^'^'V/'''''^'///^M/^^ 


IQOS 


LIBRAKT 
UNIVERSITYy 

PENNSYLVANIA 


FAIRMAN 

ROGERS 

COLLECTION 

ON 

HORSEMANSHIP 


905* 


.^  iu\/Ok  as  ■ 
wah  it.    It  r 
'•'te  stf 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2009  with  funding  from 

Lyrasis  IVIembers  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://www.archive.org/details/artofhorseshoeOOhunt 


THE 


ART  OF  HORSE-SHOEING, 


BY 

WILLIAM     HUNTING,     F.R.C.V.S. 

Edttov  of  the  Veterinary  Record. 

Ex-President  of  tlie  Royal  College  of  Veterinary  Surgeons. 

Member  of  the  Connnittee  for  National  Registration  of  Farriers. 

WITH    OVER    ONE    HUNDRED    ILLUSTRATIONS. 

(Eighth  Thousand.) 
THIRD  EDITION. 


gottbon : 

H.  &  W.  Bkowx,    20  Fi-LHAM  Road,   S.W. 
1905. 


I    1 


Vf^ 


NEW  BOLTON 
CENTtR 


1^0  5 


CONTENTS. 


Chap.  Page. 

I. — Introduction.  5 

II. — The  Form  and  Action  of  the  Foot     ...         8 

The  hoof.  Divisions  of  the  hoof.  The  sensitive  foot. 
Growth  of  hoof.  The  bones.  The  elastic  structures. 
The  foot  as  a  whole. 

III. — Preparation   of   Foot         37 

General  principles.  Instruments.  The  overgrown 
foot.  Proportions  of  the  Foot.  A  good  bearing 
surface.  Treatment  of  sole  and  frog.  Faults  to  he 
avoided. 

IV. — Foals  and  Unshod  Feet  ...         ...         ...       5(5 

Y. — The  Form  and  Manufacture    of    Shoes      60 

Material,  weight,  thickness,  width.  The  foot  surface. 
The  ground  surface.  Calkins.  Nails,  and  nail-holes. 
Machine-made  shoes.     Prepared  bar-iron. 

VI. — Selection  of  Shoes  ...         80 

Racing  and  steeplechase  plates.  Hunting  and  hack 
shoes.     Carriage  and  draught  horse  shoes. 

yil. — Fitting  and  Application  of  Shoes         ...       91 

Level  or  adjusted  form.  Outline  fitting,  surface  tit- 
ting.  Wear  of  shoes.  Clips.  Hot  and  cold  fitting. 
Tips.     The  Charlier  system.     Nailing  on  shoes. 

VIIL— EOUGHING  ll-I 

Necessity  for  ;  Evils  of.  Frost-nails.  Ordinary 
"roughing."     Removable  steel  sharps. 

IX. — Injuries  from  Shoeing      ...         ...         ...     1'22 

From  nails,  from  clips,  from  the  shoe.  "  Corns," 
"  Burnt  sole."  "  Treads."  "  Cutting  or  brushing." 
"Over-reaching."  "Speedy-cut."  "Forging  or 
clacking." 

X. — Shoeing  Bad  Feet 133 

FTatfeet.  Convex  soles.  Sand  crack.  Contracted  feet. 
Twisted  feet. 

XL — Leather   and  Kueber   Pads         14.5 

Ring-leathers,  F'rog-pads.  The  Pneumatic  pad. 
The  wedge  pad.     Bar  pads.      Iron  and  rubber  shoes. 

XII. — Occasional  Shoes 157 

Bar ;  Patten  ;  The  FitzWygram  ;  Hinged  ;  Expansion  ; 
Nailless ;  Weighted  shoes. 

XIII. — Shoeing  Competitions.  P33 


794;?64 


PREFACE. 


This  little  book  is  written  for  three  classes  of  readers : 
for  horse-owners  who  may  interest  themselves  in  the 
subject,  for  farriers  who  are  open  to  conviction,  and  for 
veterinary  students  who  have  to  be  examined. 

The  method  pursued  has  been,  to  first  describe  the 
form  and  action  of  the  foot,  next  the  preparation  of  the 
foot  for  shoeing.  Then  the  form  of  a  shoe  is  treated  of 
and  the  details  to  be  observed  in  making  it.  The  selec- 
tion of  shoes  for  varieties  of  feet  or  for  special  kinds  of 
work  follows,  and  afterwards  the  fitting  and  nailing-on 
are  considered.  Other  chapters  are  devoted  to  "roughing," 
shoeing  defective  feet,  accidents,  the  use  of  leathers  and 
pads. 

Throughout  an  endeavour  has  been  made  to  be  as 
simple  and  clear  as  possible  in  expression,  to  lay  down 
correct  general  principles  and  to  point  out  the  technical 
details,  which  are  essential  to  good  shoeing.  On  all  these 
points  authorities  are  not  agreed,  and  I  trust  those  who 
differ  from  me  will  pardon  any  too  dogmatic  expressions 
of  opinion  in  these  pages. 

The  illustrations  will  be  of  assistance  in  making 
clear  the  text.  Some  of  these  are  copied  Irom  books, 
some  are  drawn  from  models  or  preparations,  and  some 
are  diagrammatic.  The  books  I  am  indebted  to  are : 
"  Anatomy  of  the  Domestic  Animals,"  by  Gamgee  and 
Law;  "  On  the  Horse's  Foot,"  by  Bracy  Clark ;  Bouley's 
"  Atlas  of  the  Foot,"  and  Goyau's  "  Marechalerie." 

Above  all,  I  am  indebted  to  the  late  Professor  Joseph 
Gamgee,  who  first  gave  me  an  interest  in  horse-shoeing 
and  to  whose  teachings  and  writings  I  trace  whatever 
ideas  I  now  possess. 

William  Hunting. 


PEEFACE— THIliD  EDITION. 

When  the  second  edition  was  published  in  America, 
some  corrections  and  additions  were  made.  This  edition 
is  still  further  enlarged  and  many  new  illustrations  have 
been  added. 

W.  H. 
London,  1899. 


THE 

ART   OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 


Chaptek  I. 

Farriery  is  the  art  of  shoeing  horses,  and  can  only  be 
properly  learned  by  a  long  practical  experience  in  the 
shoeing-forge.  If  the  foot  of  the  horse  were  not  a  living 
object  perhaps  the  training  obtained  in  the  forge  would 
be  all  that  was  necessary  for  efficient  workmanship.  As, 
however,  the  hoof  is  constantly  growing,  it  is  constantly 
changing  its  form.  The  duty  of  a  farrier  therefore  is  not 
merely  to  fix  a  shoe  upon  the  hoof  but  to  reduce  the  horn 
to  proper  proportions  before  doing  so.  Now,  as  the  hoof 
is  only  the  outer  covering  of  a  complex  and  sensitive  foot 
damage  to  the  horny  surface  may  injure  the  structure 
within.  Injury  does  frequently  result,  and  not  always 
from  carelessness.  Perhaps  as  much  injury  follows 
careful  work,  based  upon  wrong  principles,  as  slovenly 
work  carried  out  in  perfect  ignorance  of  any  principle. 
The  injury  to  feet  resulting  from  shoeing  may  not  be 
apparent  at  once.  It  may  be,  and  often  is,  of  a  slow  and 
gradual  nature,  and  not  credited  to  its  true  cause  until  the 
horse  Is  rendered  an  incurable  cripple. 

It  seems  evident  then  that  to  do  justice  to  a  horse  a 
farrier  should  not  only  possess  manipulative  skill,  but 
should  have  a  correct  idea  of  the  structures  and  function 
of  the  foot,  as  well  as  a  thorough  knowledge  of  the  form 
and  variations  of  the  hoof. 

Few  persons  appreciate  the  importance  of  horse- 
shoeing, and  a  small  number  tell  us  it  is  unnecessary. 
Here  and  there  an  enthusiast  has  the  courage  of  his  con- 
victions and  is  able,  for  a  time,  to  exhibit  animals  doing 
work  without  shoes.     In  some  countries  horses  are  regu- 


6  THE    ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

larl}'  ridden  with  no  addition  to  their  natural  hoof,  but 
in  such  places  the  surface  over  which  the  animals  travel 
is  grass  land.  In  all  civilized  countries  where  good  loads 
exist  shoeing  is  practised.  No  man  of  business  would  pay 
for  shoeing  if  he  could  do  without  it.  The  "  shoeless  " 
experiment  has  been  tried  over  and  over  again,  but  always 
with  the  same  result — a  return  to  shoeing.  In  dry  weather 
the  hoof  becomes  hard,  and  it  is  wonderful  how  much 
wear  it  will  then  stand  on  the  hardest  of  roads.  In  wet 
weather  the  hoof  becomes  soft,  and  then  the  friction  on 
hard  roads  soon  prohibits  work  without  shoes.  If  work 
be  persisted  in,  under  such  circumstances,  the  hoof 
rapidly  wears  away  and  lameness  results.  Persons 
trying  to  prove  a  pre-conceived  theory  meet  this  difficulty 
by  resting  the  horse  until  the  horn  grows,  but  business 
men  who  keep  horses  for  work  in  all  weathers  can  afford 
no  such  luxury. 

Shoeing  has  been  called  "a  necessary  evil."  The 
phrase  is  a  misuse  of  words,  for  there  is  no  necessary  evil 
about  it.  Of  course  it  is  no  more  free  from  accident  than 
other  operations,  but  its  evils  are  fairly  described  as  acci- 
dents, whilst  its  benefits  are  apparent  to  all  but  the  blind. 
Without  shoes  horses  at  work  would  be  more  often  lame 
than  with  them  ;  without  shoes  horses  could  not  do  half 
the  work  they  do  with  them,  and  so  we  need  not  further 
discuss  the  necessity  of  shoeing. 

The  value  of  horse-shoemg  depends  upon  the  manner 
in  which  it  is  done.  Very  seldom  does  the  owner  of 
horses  appreciate  the  quality  of  the  work.  As  a  rule  the 
price  charged,  or  the  distance  from  the  forge  to  the  stable, 
regulates  the  choice  of  a  farrier.  Such  matters  should 
not  be  allowed  to  decide  between  one  farrier  and  another. 
A  bad  workman  may  do  an  injury  at  one  shoeing  which 
will  cost  the  owner  of  the  horse  more  than  would  pay 
ten  times  over  the  difference  between  his  charges  and  the 
higher  prices  of  a  better  man. 

The  old  saw — "  that  for  want  of  a  nail  the  shoe  was 
lost,  for  want  of  a  shoe  the  horse  was  lost,  and  for  want 


INTRODUCTION. 


of  a  horse  the  man  was  lost,"  has  been  iUustrated  times 
without  number.  Few  persons,  however,  are  aware  of 
the  terrible  consequences  which  have  more  than  once 
attended  neglect  in  the  shoeing  of  horses.  Napoleon's 
retreat  from  Moscow  depended  for  most  of  its  hardships 
and  horrors  upon  the  simple  fact  that  his  horses  were  not 
shod  properly  for  travelling  on  snow  and  ice.  The  horses 
could  not  keep  their  feet,  and  were  unable  to  drag  the 
guns  and  wagons,  which  had  to  be  abandoned.  During 
the  Franco -Prussian  war,  Bourbaki's  retreat  became  a 
confused  rout  from  a  similar  cause.  In  civic  life  no  winter 
passes  without  injury  and  death  to  hundreds  of  horses 
from  the  same  neglect.  These  are  instances  that  anyone 
can  see  ;  but  heavy  losses  due  to  bad  shoeing  are  constant 
from  other  and  less  evident  evils — from  the  adoption  of 
wrong  methods  and  the  practice  of  erroneous  theories. 

The  farrier  has  not  been  fairly  treated  by  the  public. 
His  practical  knowledge  has  been  ignored,  he  has  been 
instructed  by  amateurs  in  all  sorts  of  theories,  and 
coerced  into  carrying  out  practices  for  the  untoward 
results  of  which  he  has  been  blamed.  The  natural  conse- 
quence of  all  this  has  been  that  the  art  of  farriery 
degenerated,  and  the  farrier  was  forced  into  a  position 
destructive  to  the  self-respect  of  any  craftsman.  In  no 
other  trade  do  persons  entirely  ignorant  of  the  business 
presume  to  direct  and  dictate  as  to  how  the  work  should 
be  done.  No  one  presumes  to  instruct  the  watchmaker 
or  bell-hanger  as  to  the  details  of  his  craft,  but  the  farrier 
has  been  compelled  to  take  his  instructions  from  all  sorts 
and  conditions  of  men.  Only  in  recent  years  has  the  man 
who  shoes  horses  been  allowed  to  know  something  of  his 
calling — since  when,  horse-shoeing  has  improved. 

My  object  in  writing  is  not  to  suggest  anything  new, 
but  to  point  out  the  general  principles  upon  which  the 
art  is  based,  and  to  indicate  those  details  which  are 
essential  to  success,  and  those  which  are  to  be  avoided  if 
soundness  and  duration  of  service  are  recognized  as  true 
economy  in  a  stud  of  horses. 


THE    ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 


Chaptee  II. 
The  Form  and  Action  of  the  Foot. 

The  foot  of  a  horse  consists  of  a  variety  of  Uving 
structures,  differing  in  form  and  texture,  and  enclosed  in 
a  horny  covering  called  the  hoof.  Although  the  farrier's 
work  is  only  applied  to  the  hoof,  it  is  necessary  that  he 
should  know  something  of  the  whole  foot,  because  it  is 
but  too  easy  to  injure  the  structures  within  by  alterations 
of  the  horny  covering  without. 

The  simplest  way  to  understand  the  foot  is  to  study 
separately  the  different  parts,  and  to  apply  that  knowledge 
in  obtaining  a  general  idea  of  the  relations  of  all  the 
parts  to  each  other.  Then  there  is  not  much  difficulty  in 
appreciating  the  functions  of  each  part,  and  the  uses  and 
action  of  the  whole  organ. 

The  Hoof. 

Everyone  is  familiar  with  the  general  appearance  of 
the  hoof.  It  is  not  a  regular  geometrical  figure.  Each 
of  the  four  feet  of  the  horse  shows  some  peculiarity  in 
form,  by  which  a  farrier  can  at  once  identify  a  fore  from 
a  hind  or  a  left  from  a  right. 

The  front  feet  are  rounder  and  less  pointed  at  the  toe 
than  the  hind  ;  they  are  also  more  sloping  in  front.  The 
two  fore  feet  and  the  two  hind  should  be  in  pairs.  The 
right  and  left  feet  are  distinguished  from  each  other  by 
the  inner  side  being  more  upright,  or,  if  examined  on  the 
under  surface,  by  the  outer  border  being  more  prominent. 

The  fore  feet  should  be  similar  in  size  and  shape. 
Disease  may  be  suspected  when  any  marked  difference 
exists.  But  a  healthy  hoof  which  has  been  broken,  or 
much  rasped,  does  not  retain  its  proper  form,  and  may 
thus  confuse  a  novice. 


Sole 


Quarters 


Fig.  2. — A  Fore  Foot. 


10  THE    ART     OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

The  hind  feet  should  be  proportionate  in  size  to  the 
fore,  and  then  it  is  not  of  much  practical  consequence 
whether  the  whole  are  large  or  small. 

The  hoof  varies  greatly  in  shape  even  when  sound  and 
healthy.  The  popular  idea  is  that  a  fore  foot  which  is 
round  and  open  is  the  best  form.  My  observation  leads 
me  to  prefer  an  approach  to  the  oval.  Too  often  the 
round  foot  has  a  flat  sole,  and  it  is  always  more  liable  to  be 
bruised  by  the  heel  of  the  shoe.  A  distinctly  contracted 
foot  is  usually  the  result  of  long-continued  lameness,  and 
this  is  the  reason  why  narrow  feet  are  looked  upon  with 
suspicion.  If  the  narrow  foot  is  natural  to  the  horse  it  is 
as  little  likely  to  become  unsound  as  any  other.  Looking 
at  the  hoof  from  the  side,  the  slope  of  the  front  should 
be  in  the  same  direction  as  the  slope  of  the  pastern. 
Upright  feet  do  not  present  this  continuity  of  slope,  and 
they  generally  have  heels  which  are  naturally  high.  It  is 
well  to  mention  this,  as,  when  an  attempt  is  made  to 
reduce  them  to  a  theoretical  standard  of  proportion  by 
rasping,  the  sensitive  foot  is  reached  before  the  desired  form 
is  produced,  and  lameness  may  be  caused.  The  opposite 
form  to  this  is  a  long  sloping  foot.  The  heels  are  low 
and  the  toe  long,  but  usually  the  pastern  also  is  long  and 
sloping.  Such  a  foot  cannot  be  made  a  good  shape  with- 
out injury,  and  is  therefore  to  be  treated  as  a  normal 
form. 

Some  hoofs  have  the  toe  turned  out,  some  have  it 
turned  in.  No  attempt  should  be  made  to  alter  this  by 
shoeing,  as  the  twist  is  not  merely  in  the  foot  but  almost 
always  in  the  whole  leg.  In  nine  out  of  ten  cases  the 
turned-out  toe  is  accompanied  by  a  turned-in  elbow,  and 
shoeing  cannot  alter  such  formation. 

The  quality  of  the  hoof  depends  upon  the  breed  of  the 
horse  and  upon  the  soil  and  climate  of  the  district  in 
which  he  is  reared.  The  Arab  has  a  hard,  flinty,  strong 
hoof,  the  heavy  draught  horse  a  softer  horn.  Some  hoofs 
are  brittle  and  some  "  shelly,"  by  which  is  meant  horn 
with  a  tendency  to  break    and    crumble   away.      When 


FORM     AND     ACTION     OF     THE    FOOT.  11 

defective  quality  of  hoof  is  due  to  constitutional  causes 
the  farrier  can  do  little  to  remedy  it,  but  he  must  take 
care  not  to  make  it  worse  by  submitting  it  to  undue 
pressure.  Defects  in  the  hoof  are  often  due  to  bad  shoe- 
ing, and  then  are  mostly  confined  to  the  horn  below  the 
nail-holes. 

Divisions  of  the  Hoof. 

Although  to  a  casual  observer  the  hoof  appears  as 
one  continuous  horny  structure,  it  may  easily  be  sepa- 
rated into  three  distinct  parts  by  prolonged  soaking  in 
water.  The  division  takes  place  so  as  to  leave  the  sole, 
frog,  and  wall  separate  portions.  These  may  now  be 
considered. 

The  Wall  is  that  portion  of  the  hoof  seen  whilst 
the  foot  rests  upon  the  ground.  It  covers  the  front  and 
sides  of  the  foot.  It  extends  from  the  coronet  down- 
wards and  slightly  outwards,  so  that  its  lower  circum- 
ference is  greater  than  its  upper.  The  front  portion 
shows  its  greatest  height  and  obliquity,  diminishing  in 
these  respects  as  it  passes  backwards.  At  the  heels  the 
wall  is  turned  in  upon  itself,  and  passes  forward  towards 
the  centre  of  the  foot  until  it  becomes  lost  in  the  struc- 
ture of  the  sole.  These  turiied-in  portions  of  the  wall  are 
called  the  bars,  and  serve  two  purposes  ;  they  increase 
the  bearing  surface  of  the  wall,  and,  by  embracing  a  part 
of  the  sole  on  each  side,  they  afford  an  increased  solidity 
to  the  union  of  the  wall  with  the  rest  of  the  hoof. 

The  bars  act  as  buttresses,  preventing  the  shrinking  in 
of  the  heels.  AVhen  they  are  cut  away  the  structural 
resistance  to  contraction  of  the  hoof  is  destroyed.  They 
should  therefore  be  allowed  to  grow  and  retain  their 
natural  prominence. 

The  lower  border  of  the  wall  is  the  chief  bearing  sur- 
face of  the  foot.  It  encircles  the  sole,  than  which  it  is 
usually  more  prominent.  In  an  overgrown  foot  it  often 
extends  some  distance  below  the  sole,  and  then  shows  on 


12 


THE     ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 


its  inner  side  the  horny  laminae  which,  within  the  hoof, 
afford  attachment  to  the  sensitive  parts. 

When  excessive  growth  of  the  wall  is  reduced  by 
rasping  until  the  wall  and  sole  are  brought  to  a  level  it 
will  be  notice  that  the  junction  of  the  two  is  marked  by 
a  "  white  line."  This  line  of  light  horn,  which  connects 
the  sole  and  wall,  is  often  taken  as  a  guide  for  the  amount 
of  horn  to  be  removed.  It  is  a  dangerous  guide,  as  many 
feet  cannot  safely  be  so  reduced  as  to  bring  it  into  view 
over  the  whole  bearing  surface.  In  fact,  it  may  be  taken 
as  a  rule  that  the  distinct  appearance  of  the  '"  white  line  " 
all  round  the  sole  is  evidence  that  a  foot  has  been  over 
reduced. 


10  m^^^^^^^'^''''^^ 


Fig.  3 — Half  of  a  Hoof,  showing  the  inside. 


If  we  detach  the  wall,  its  inner  surface  is  seen  to 
consist  of  a  number  of  thin,  horny  projections  running 
parallel  to  each  other  from  above  downwards  and  for- 
wards. These  are  called  the  horny  laminae.  They 
number  from  five  to  six  hundred  and  correspond  to 
similar  processes  on  the  sensitive  foot.     (Fig.  3.) 

Round  the  upper  circumference  on  the  inside  of  the 
wall  is  a  depression  or  groove  presenting  innumerable 
small  pits  or  openings.  This  corresponds  to  a  part  of  the 
sensitive  foot  called  the  coronary  band,  which  will  be 
noticed  again. 

A  section  of  wall  enables  us  to  see  variations  in  its 


FORM    AND     ACTION     OF     THE     FOOT. 


13 


Fig.  4.— Transverse  Section  of  Wall  showing  variation  in  thickness. 


thickness.  (Fig.  4.)  It  is  thickest  at  the  toe  becoming 
gradually  thinner  towards  the  heels  ;  thus  affording 
strength  and  solidity  to  resist  wear  at  one  part,  as  well 
as  pliancy  at  another  to  ward  off  concussion. 

The  structure  of  the  wall  is  fibrous,  the  fibres  running 
parallel  to  each  other,  and  with  the  same  obliquity  all 
that  presented  by  the  front  of  the  wall.  Although  the 
wall  varies  in  thickness  from  before  backwards,  it  does 
not  from  above  downwards.  It  maintains  the  same 
thickness  from  the  coronet    to   its  lower  circumference. 

The  layers  of  the  wall  are  hardest  externally,  becoming 
softer  as  they  approach  the  inner  surface — a  condition 
due  to  the  outer  layers  being  exposed  to  friction  and 
evaporation.  This  is  a  simple  and  valuable  provision  of 
nature  which  should  not  be  interfered  with.  The  hard 
outer  layer  is  best  adapted  to  withstand  wear,  and  its 
density  protects  the  deeper  layers  from  evaporation.  This 
maintains  the  whole  wall   at  the  degree  of  softness  and 


14 


THE    ART     OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 


toughness  which  best  preserves  elasticity  and  strength  of 
horn. 

The  Sole  is  that  division  of  the  hoof  which  forms 
the  floor  of  the  foot.  It  is  situated  within  the  lower 
border  of  the  wall,  and  is  slightly  arched,  so  that  on  a 
hard,   level    surface  its  central    part    takes  no   bearing. 


Fig.  5.— The  Sole  with  Frog  Removed. 


(Fig.  5).  Posteriorly  the  sole  is  divided  by  a  triangular 
space  into  which  the  frog  fits,  and  thus  its  continuation 
to  the  heels  consists  of  two  angular  portions  embraced 
between  the  bars  and  the  wall.  The  unmutilated  sole  is 
throughout  of  nearly  equal  thickness,  but  a  slight  excess 
round  the  circumference  gives  firmer  attachment  to  the 
wall.  The  inner  surface  presents  a  finely-pitted  ap- 
pearance, which  is  most  marked  at  the  toe  and  round  its 
border.  The  part  immediately  related  to  the  frog  shows 
few  pits,  and  we  shall  find  that  the  whole  surface  corres- 
ponds to  the  sensitive  parts  to  which  it  is  attached, 


FORM    AND     ACTION     OF     THE    FOOT. 


15 


The  structure  of  the  sole  is,  Hke  the  wall,  fibrous ;  but 
the  fibres  are  smaller.  They  run  downwards  and  for- 
wards in  the  same  direction  as  those  of  the  wall.  The 
outer  layers  are  the  hardest  and  protect  the  deeper  from 
injury. 

The  Frog  is  the  smallest  division  of  the  hoof,  and  is 
a  triangular-shaped  body  filling  up  the  space  left  between 
the  bars.  (Fig.  6.)  Its  broad  base  is  rounded  and  promi- 
nent. 


Fig.  6. — The  Frog,  detached  from  the  Sole. 


The  point  of  the  frog,  much  the  harder  part,  extends 
forward  to  the  centre  of  the  sole.  Though  situated  be- 
tween the  bars,  the  frog  is  only  attached  to  their  upper 
border,  the  sides  remaining  free  and  separate.  Thus  on 
each  side  is  formed  a  deep  fissure  which  permits  the  frog 
to  expand  laterally  when  compressed,  without  the  entire 
force  being  continued  to  the  sides  of  the  foot.  The  frog 
is  elastic,  and  when  pressed  upon  must  expand.  If  these 
spaces  between  frog  and  bars  did  not  exist,  the  foot  would 
be  injured  when  the  frog  was  compressed  by  the  weight 
of  the  horse — either  the  sensitive  parts  within  would  be 
bruised  or  the  heels  would  be  forced  apart. 


16 


THE    ART     OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 


The  centre  of  the  frog  presents  a  depression  or  "  cleft," 
caused  by  the  doiibHng  m  of  the  horn.  Few  shod  feet 
exhibit  it  of  natural  appearance,  and  the  term  cleft,  by 
implying  a  narrow  deep  fissure,  keeps  up  the  false  notion. 
The  cleft  should  be  shallow  and  rounded.  It  serves  two 
purposes — it  increases  the  mobility  of  the  frog,  and  by 
breaking  the  regularity  of  surface  affords  a  secure  foot- 
hold on  level  ground. 

The  prominence  of  the  frog  might  lead  a  superficial 
observer  to  consider  it  a  thick  solid  mass  ;  and  I  believe 
this  mistake  is  the  cause  of  its  too  frequent  mutilation. 
It  is  merely  a  layer  of  horn  following  the  outline  of  the 
structures  within,    which    are    similarly   prominent  and 


Fig.  7.— Section  of  Foot  at  point  of  Frog. 


Fig.  8.— Section  at  Cleft. 

irregular  in  surface.  (Figs.  7  and  8.)  The  first  diagram 
shows  a  section  through  the  point  of  the  frog,  the  second 
a  section  through  the  cleft. 

The  frog  is  fibrous,  though  not  to  such  marked  degree 
as  the  other  portions  of_the  hoof.  Its  chief  qualities  are 
elasticity  and  toughness. 


FORM    AND    ACTION     OF     THE    FOOT. 


17 


The  Frog  Band. — Covering  the  bulbs  of  the  heels 
and  apparently  continuous  with  the  structure  of  the  frog 
is  a  light-coloured  layer  of  horn  which  extends  round  the 
upper  portion  of  the  wall  and  encircles  the  junction  of  the 
hoof  with  the  hair.  It  is  hardly  visible  on  a  dry  hoof, 
but  when  the  foot  has  been  poulticed,  or  when  a  horse 
has  been  running  in  a  wet  pasture  it  is  easily  seen.  In 
Figure  9  it  is  shown  in  connection  with  the  frog,    and  in 


fig-  9— The  Frog  and  frog-band. 


■/jl/i/iiiA- —  ■ 
Fig.  10,— The  frog-band  detached  from  wall  by  a  small  wedge. 

Figure  10  it  is  shown  raised  from  the  wall.  Both  draw- 
ings give  it  the  appearance  of  a  narrow  band  but  it  is 
really  not  so.  It  may  extend  for  any  distance  down  on 
the  hoof  but  is  worn  away  by  attrition  as  it  descends. 


18  THE     ART     OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

This  structure  is  secreted  by  special  glands  situate  just 
above  the  upper  edge  of  the  wall,  and  forms  an  outer 
protecting  layer  to  the  junction  between  skin  and  hoof. 
In  structure  it  is  something  between  skin  and  horn.  It 
should  not  be  rasped  away.  It  prevents  evaporation  from 
the  newly-secreted  horn  and  is  a  continuous  outer  enve- 
lope of  the  hoof  at  its  junction  with  the  skin. 

The  Sensitive  Foot. 

If  we  macerate  a  dead  foot  in  water  for  a  week  or  two, 
the  hoof  may  be  removed  entire  without  injuring  the 
tissues  within.  In  this  way  the  sensitive  foot  or  "  quick" 
is  exposed  to  view,  and  presents  an  exact  counterpart  of 
the  inside  of  the  hoof.  The  sensitive  foot  consists  of  a 
layer  of  fibrous  tissue  stretched  over  the  bones  and  other 
structures  which  form  the  centre  of  the  foot  It  is  plenti- 
fully supplied  with  blood-vessels  and  nerves  necessary  to 
its  double  function  as  the  source  of  horn  growth  and  as 
the  tactile  organ  of  the  foot.  Horn  is,  of  course,  not 
sensitive,  although  the  slightest  touch  on  a  horse's  hoof 
is  recognised  by  the  animal,  and  this  feeling  is  due  to  the 
impression  made  upon  the  sensitive  foot.  In  the  living 
horse  any  injury  to  the  "quick"  causes  the  greatest 
pain,  and  although  this  sensitiveness  is  a  serious  disad- 
vantage in  disease,  it  is  a  most  valuable  provision  in 
health,  enabling  the  horse,  even  through  a  thick  layer  of 
horn,  to  recognise  the  quality  of  the  surface  upon  which 
he  may  be  standing  or  moving.  It  is  this  sense  of  touch 
— this  tactile  function — which  demands  that  the  sensitive 
foot  should  be  so  bountifully  supplied  with  nerves. 

Every  farrier  knows  how  profusely  blood  flows  from 
any  wound  of  the  "  quick  " — evidence  that  the  part  is 
well  supplied  with  blood-vessels.  This  full  supply  of 
blood  is  not  merely  for  the  ordinary  waste  and  repair 
which  takes  place  in  every  tissue  ;  it  is  to  meet  a  special 
demand — to  supply  the  material  for  the  production  of 
horn.  The  sensitive  foot  is  the  secreting  structure  of  the 
hoof,  and  the  source  of  the  constant  growth  and  repro- 
duction of  horn.     It  corresponds  with  great  exactness  to 


FORM    AND     ACTION     OF     THE     FOOT. 


19 


the  inside  of  the  hoof,  and  as  we  have  described  the  hoof 
in  sections  it  may  be  convenient  to  follow  that  course 
with  this  structure,  and  to  describe  the  sensitive  frog,  the 
sensitive  sole,  and  the  sensitive  laminfE.  We  shall  begin 
with  the  last. 

The  Sensitive  Laminae. — Corresponding  to  the  horny 
leaves  on  the  inside  of  the  wall,  the  sensitive  foot  presents 
an  arrangement  of  minute  parallel  folds  which  are 
called  the  sensitive  laminge.  (Fig.  11.)  Between  these, 
when  the  hoof  is  on  the  foot,  the  horny  laminae  rest,  so 
that  there  is  a  kind  of  interleaved  attachment  which 
affords  the  very  firmest  connection  between  the  wall  and 
the  sensitive  foot.  If  the  lamin*  be  laid  bare  in  a  living 
horse  by  removal  of  the  wall,  it  is  found  that  they  have 
the  power  to  secrete  a  kind  of  horn,  not  a  hard,  fibrous 
horn  like  that  of  the  wall,  but  a  softer  variety.  This 
function  is  not  very  active  in  health  or  we  should  find  that 
the  lower  edge  of  the  wall  was  thicker  than  the  upper ; 
but  it  exists,  and  is  very  evident  in  some  cases  of  disease. 

In  laminitis,  the  wall  of  the  toe  is  often  pushed  forward 
out  of  position  by  a  horny  mass  formed  by  the  laminae, 
and  so  we  have  the  deformity  of  an  excessive  length  of 
toe.     In  some   cases  of  long  continued  sand-crack,   the 


'  '"■/'  /  'w/!/i:i  II  'Mm«/i'iiiM'/!A 


Fig.  II.— Foot  with  hoof  removed  showing  at  the  upper  part  the 
Coronary  band  (B),  and  below  the  Sensitive  Laminae  (A). 


20  THE    ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

irritation  of  the  laminje  causes  excessive  secretion,  and  a 
horn  tumour  results.  The  sensitive  laminte  fulfil  two 
functions  ;  they  offer  a  firm  connecting  medium  for  the 
wall,  and  they  secrete  horn.  By  the  cruel  experiment  of 
removing  the  horny  sole  and  frog  of  a  living  horse  and 
then  forcing  him  to  stand  on  the  maimed  foot  on  a  level 
surface,  it  has  been  shown  that  the  laminae  are  capable 
of  alone  supporting  the  weight  of  the  animal.  It  has 
been  argued  from  this  that  the  laminae  always  support  the 
weight,  and  that  the  horse's  foot  may  be  described  as 
being  slung  by  the  connecting  laminae.  This  i^  not  true. 
The  frog  and  sole  help  to  support  weight,  and  the  hoof 
acts  as  one  continuous  whole,  each  part  taking  its  direct 
and  proportionate  share  of  the  weight  placed  upon  the 
foot.  The  sensitive  laminae  are  not  elastic,  they  are 
unyielding,  and  therefore  allow  no  downward  yielding 
which  would  impose  excessive  pressure  on  the  sole. 

The  Coronary  Band. — (See  b,  Fig.  11.)  The  sensitive 
laminae  do  not  cover  the  whole  of  the  upright  portions  of 
the  sensitive  foot.  There  is,  between  their  upper  extre- 
mity and  the  line  which  separates  the  skin  from  the  sensi- 
tive foot,  a  convex  band  which  runs  round  the  upper  border 
of  the  foot,  and  is  turned  downwards  and  inwards  at  the 
heels.  This  is  called  the  coronary  band,  and  corresponds 
to  the  groove  which  we  noticed  on  the  inner  side  of  the 
upper  border  of  the  wall.  On  its  surface  are  innumerable 
small  projections  or  papillae  which,  in  the  living  animal, 
fit  into  the  openings  on  the  groove  of  the  wall.  From 
each  of  these  papillae  grows  a  horn  fibre,  and  from  the 
surface  between  them  is  formed  a  softer  horny  matter — 
the  two  products  forming  together  the  substance  of  the 
wall.  The  coronary  band  is,  then,  an  important  structure, 
being  the  source  from  whence  the  wall  is  produced.  Upon 
the  healthy  condition  of  this  band  depends  the  soundness 
of  the  wall,  and  any  interference  with  its  integrity  must 
lead  to  defects  or  deformities  in  the  wall. 


FORM    AND     ACTION     OF     THE    FOOT.         21 

The  Sensitive  Sole  (Fig.  12)  is  that  portion  of  the 
"quick"  to  which  the  sole  is  attached.  Its  surface  is 
covered  with  papillte,  Hke  those  on  the  coronary  band, 
but  much  smaller,  giving  an  appearance  somewhat  like 
the  pile  of  velvet.  From  these  the  horn  fibres  of  the 
sole  are  formed,  and  a  firm  means  of  connection  is  afforded 
for  the  floor  of  the  hoof. 


Fig.  la.— The  Sensitive  Sole. 

The  Sensitive  Frog  in  structure  resembles  the 
sensitive  sole,  but  its  papillae  are  very  much  smaller,  and 
the  surface,  therefore,  is  smoother.  The  irregular,  pro- 
minent surface  of  the  frog,  with  its  cleft  and  the  space  at 
each  side  of  it,  is  exactly  reproduced  on  the  sensitive  frog, 
as  might  be  expected,  for  the  one  is  moulded  on  the  other. 
There  is  one  difference  between  the  sensitive  frog  and  the 
other  portions  of  the  sensitive  foot  which  I  may  here 
mention.  It  is  not  attached  to  the  bones  of  the  foot, 
except  by  its  point,   but  is   situated  between  the  two  pos- 


22  THE    ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEINC. 

terior  branches  of  the  coffin  bone,  and  has,  as  a  basis,  a 
mass  of  soft  tissue  which  forms  an  important  cushion  or 
pad,  to  be  referred  to  later. 

Growth  of  Hoof. 

Like  every  other  part  of  an  animal  body,  the  hoof  is 
constantly  changing.  Wear  and  tear  cause  waste  of  the 
horn,  which  is  replenished  by  growth.  When  wear 
exceeds  growth  the  foot  becomes  denuded  of  horn,  and 
lameness  results.  When  growth  exceeds  wear,  the  hoof 
becomes  disproportionately  long,  and  some  parts  suffer 
by  the  overgrowth  of  others — for  instance,  whenever  the 
heels  are  unduly  high,  the  frog  becomes  small  and  weak. 
In  a  state  of  nature,  the  horse's  foot  keeps  itself  of  pro- 
portionate form.  On  hard  ground,  the  hoof  is  worn 
away  as  quickly  as  it  grows.  On  soft  ground,  it  may, 
for  a  time,  become  overgrown,  but  this  is  rectified  by 
the  soft  horn  becoming  fractured  and  broken  off.  In 
enclosed,  cultivated  grounds,  the  movements  of  the  horse, 
even  on  grass  land,  are  too  limited  to  ensure  a  propor- 
tionate form  of  hoof.  When  horses  are  turned  out 
without  shoes,  the  feet  should  not  be  left  to  take  care  of 
themselves,  unless  the  pasture  is  of  large  area  and  the 
time  at  grass  extends  for  several  months. 

In  a  hoof  which  is  overgrown — and  all  shod  feet 
become  overgrown  in  four  or  five  weeks — there  is  appar- 
ently a  greater  excess  of  horn  at  the  toe  than  elsewhere. 
This  is  due  to  the  oblique  direction  of  the  wall  at  the 
toe,  and  to  the  fact  that  the  horn  fibres  of  the  hoof  do  not 
grow  down  vertically,  but  obliquely  forward.  When  the 
natural  wear  of  the  hoof  is  prevented,  the  effect  of 
growth  is  to  lengthen  the  toe  and  carry  forward  the  bear- 
ing surface  of  the  foot.  Now,  this  bearing  surface  has  a 
proper  relative  position  to  the  limb  above  it.  Therefore 
a  disproportionate  foot  must  injuriously  affect  both  the 
action  and  position  of  the  whole  limb. 

The  rate  at  which  the  wall  grows  varies  greatly  in 
different   horses,  and  is  affected  by  external  conditions. 


FORM    AND     ACTION     OF     THE     FOOT.         23 


The  good  average  wall  grows  nearly  one  inch  in  three 
months,  and  the  whole  hoof  is  replaced  in  from  ten  to 
fifteen  months.  The  hoof  grows  more  rapidly  when  a 
horse  is  actively  exercised  than  when  he  is  confined  in  a 
box.  Febrile  diseases  check  growth,  and  irregularities 
of  the  system  cause  the  formation  of  ridges  in  the  horn, 
each  one  commencing  at  the  coronet  and  being  carried 
down  with  the  growing  horn  until  the  hoof  is  marked  by 
a  series  of  rings  running  transversely  and  parallel  to  each 
other.  These  rings  are  of  themselves  no  detriment  to  a 
horse,  but  they  mark  irregularities  of  growth  which  may 
have  been  due  to  illness  or  lameness. 

The  growth  of  horn  on  a  shod  foot  is  affected  by  the 
bearing  it  takes.  When  a  part  of  the  wall  takes  no 
bearing  on  the  shoe  it  grows  quicker  than  that  which 
does.  We  see  this  when  a  shoe  is  so  fitted  that  the  heels 
take  no  direct  pressure  on  the  shoe,  also  when  a  portion 
of  wall  is  broken  at  the  quarters,  and  again  when,  for 
any  reason,  a  portion  of  the  edge  of  the  wall  has  been 
rasped  away  to  prevent  bearing  upon  some  special  spot. 
In  all  these  cases,  after  the  shoe  has  been  worn  a  month, 
it  will  be  found  that  the  horn  has  grown  more  rapidly  at 
the  part  where  bearing  did  not  take  place,  and,  when  the 
shoe  is  removed,  the  horn  which  was  relieved  of  pressure 
may  be  found  in  apposition  with  the  shoe. 

The  growth  of  horn  cannot  be  accelerated  by  any 
application  to  its  surface.  If  we  desire  to  hasten  growth 
of  the  wall  we  can  do  so  by  stimulating  the  part  from 
which  it  IS  produced,  i.e.,  the  coronary  band.  A  mild 
blister  to  the  coronet  causes  considerable  increase  in  the 
rapidity  of  growth,  but  no  liniments  applied  to  the  surface 
of  the  wall  affect  its  production  in  the  least,  though 
they  may  modify  its  condition  and  prevent  dryness  and 
brittleness. 

The  sole  grows  in  much  the  same  way  as  the  wall, 
but  it  wears  quite  differently.  It  never  becomes  over- 
grown to  the  extent  seen  in  some  instances  of  the  wall. 
The  hard,   firm  structure  of  the  wall,  if  not  worn  down 


24  THE     ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

by  friction  on  roads  or  dry,  hard  surfaces,  may  grow  to  a 
great  length.  As  a  rule,  when  much  overgrown,  it  splits 
in  the  direction  of  its  fibres  and  becomes  detached  in 
broken  fragments.  The  sole,  when  overgrown,  has  a 
tendency  to  become  detached  in  flakes,  and  never  very 
much  exceeds  its  normal  thickness  without  becoming 
dry  and  brittle,  when  the  movements  of  the  horse  cause 
it  to  break  up  and  to  fall  off. 

The  frog,  when  it  takes  a  bearing  on  the  ground, 
wears  off  in  shreds.  A  frog  which  takes  no  bearing 
dries  up,  and  sometimes  a  large,  superficial  layer  is  cast 
off.  Though  the  softest  of  the  horny  divisions  of  the 
hoof,  the  frog  is  able  to  withstand  wear  and  tear  as  well 
as  any  of  the  others.  Being  elastic,  and  resting  upon  soft 
tissues,  it  is  able  to  yield  to  any  undue  pressure  and 
leave  the  firmer  horn  of  the  wall  and  bars  to  sustain  the 
greater  strain.  The  growth  of  the  frog  depends  a  great 
deal  upon  the  form  of  the  back  parts  of  the  wall.  If  the 
heel  becomes  overgrown  the  frog  is  removed  from  bear- 
ing and  consequently  wastes.  High  heels  have  always 
between  them  a  small  frog.  On  the  other  hand,  low, 
weak  heels  have  always  a  large  frog,  and  the  explanation 
is  that  the  increased  bearing  thrown  on  the  frog  causes 
greater  development. 

Properties  of  Horn. — Horn  is  light,  hard,  tough, 
and  elastic,  properties  most  essential  to  its  usefulness  as 
a  protector  of  the  foot.  Horn  is  porous,  and  absorbs 
moisture.  Too  much  moisture  in  horn  weakens  it,  and 
therefore  it  must  be  remembered  that  the  natural  pro- 
tection against  this  is  the  hard  outer  layer  of  the  hoof. 
When  this  layer  is  rasped  off  moisture  is  more  easily 
absorbed,  until  the  dry,  hard  surface  is  restored  by 
exposure  and  friction. 

Horn  is  a  bad  conductor  of  heat,  and  thus  an  equally 
good  protective  against  the  effects  of  snow  in  some  coun- 
tries, and  of  hot,  dry  sands  in  others.  With  a  sound, 
thick   hoof,  the  application  of   a  red-hot   shoe  produces 


FORM     AND     ACTION     OF     THE    FOOT.         25 

very  little  effect  on  the  internal  structures,  provided,  of 
course,  it  remain  in  contact  only  a  reasonable  time.  With 
a  foot  protected  by  a  thin  layer  of  horn,  fitting  a  red-hot 
shoe  must  be  done  quickly,  or  it  may  damage  the  soft 
tissues. 

The  Bones. 

So  far  we  have  only  described  the  outer  covering  of 
the  foot  and  the  structure  from  which  it  grows  and  by 
which  it  is  connected  to  the  parts  within.  A  little  deeper 
examination  is  necessary  to  understand  the  mechanism 
of  the  whole  organ. 

If  we  divide  into  two  lateral  halves,  a  foot  cut  off'  at 
the  fetlock  joint,  we  have  a  section  which  should  show 
the  whole  of  the  deeper  structures.  In  the  centre,  we  see 
the  three  lower  bones  of  the  limb — the  pastern,  coronet, 
and   pedal.     (Fig.    18.)     On    the  front  surface    of   these 


Fig.  13.— Section  of  Foot. 

bones,  we  notice  a  tendon  or  sinew  which  comes  from 
above  the  knee  and  is  fixed  to  the  upper  part  of  the  pedal 
bone.  At  the  back  of  the  bones,  two  very  large  tendons 
run  down  and  are  fixed  on  the  last  two  bones.  These 
tendons  are  the  structures  through  which  the  movements 


26 


THE     ART     OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 


of  the  foot  are  made.  They  have  in  themselves  no  power 
of  contraction,  but  they  are  connected  above  the  knee, 
and  in  the  hind  leg  above  the  hock,  to  powerful  muscles 
which  possess  the  power  of  contraction.  When  these 
muscles  contract  the  tendons  are  drawn  up  toward?  knee 
or  hock,  and  so  move  the  foot  backwards  or  forwards. 

To  permit  movement  of  one  bone  upon  another,  the 
ends  of  the  bones  are  suitably  shaped,  and  covered  with 
a  layer  of  gristle  or  cartilage.  To  limit  the  movement 
and  to  hold  the  bones  together,  the  ends  of  each  bone  are 
surrounded  by  ligaments,  and  thus  we  have  joints  formed. 
The  pastern  bone  is  altogether  above  the  level  of  the 
foot,  the  coronet  bone  is  partially  within  the  hoof,  and 
the  joint  between  it  and  the  pedal  bone  is  quite  within. 

The  Pedal,  often  called  the  coffin  bone  (Fig.  14),  is 
entirely  within    the  hoof   and  fills  the  front  part  of  the 


Fig.  14. — Side  View  of  Pedal  Bone. 


horny  envelope  completely.  It  is  a  peculiarly  shaped 
bone,  being  continued  backwards  by  two  projections 
which  follow  the  course  of  the  wall  to  a  little  beyond  the 
quarters  of  the  foot.  (Fig.  15.)  From  this  point  to  the 
extremity  of  the  heels,  the  wall  is  not  supported  by  bone, 
but  by  strong  plates  of  gristle,  which  are  called  the 
lateral  cartilages, 


FORM     AND     ACTION     OF     THE    FOOT. 


27 


Fig-  i5- — Under  surface  of  Pedal  Bone. 


The  Navicular  Bone  is  a  small  narrow  bone  placed 
transversely  at  the  back  of  the  coffin  joint.  It  is  shown  in 
section  in  Fig.  13,  and  its  surfaces  are  seen  in  Figs.  16,  17, 


Fig.  i6.— Navicular  Bone.     Back  surface,  over  which  the  tendon  plays. 


Fig.  17. — Navicular  Bone.    Joint  surface  for  articulation  with  coffin-bone. 

Over  its  posterior  surface  the  back  tendon  passes  on  its 
way  to  be  attached  to  the  under  surface  of  the  coffin  bone. 
Picked-up  nails  entering  the  foot  about  an  inch  behind 
the  point  of  the  frog  cause  grave  injuries  when  they 
penetrate  the  tendon  or  reach  the  navicular  bone.  Perhaps 


28 


THE    ART     OF     HORSE-SHOEING. 


a  more  correct  idea  of  the  position  of  the  navicular  bone 
will  be  obtained  from  a  glance  at  Fig.  18  where  it  is  shown 
in  position  between  the  coffin-bone   and  the  back-tendon. 


Fig.  i8.— Dissected  foot. 

F   sensitive  laminae.     D  joint  surface  of  coffin  bone.     E    navicular  bone. 

C   part  of  the  back-tendon.     B    sheath  of  tendon. 

A   upper  border  of  lateral  cartilage. 

The  Elastic  Structures. 

The  Lateral  Cartilages  are  situated  one  on  either 
side  of  the  foot,  partly  ^Yithin  and  partly  without  the 
hoof.  They  form  the  basis  upon  which  the  back  part  of 
the  w^all  is  moulded,  and  being  elastic,  permit  a  certain 
amount  of  movement  in  the  posterior  parts  of  the  foot. 
(Fig.  19,  20.)  If  the  coffin  bone  filled  the  whole  hoof,  the 
foot  would  be  too  rigid.  With  bone  at  the  front  portion, 
we  have  a  firm  surface  for  attachment,  and  with  cartilage 
at  the  back  we  have  an  equally  firm  attachment,  but 
one  that  will  yield  to  blows  or  pressure  and  thus  better 
protect  the  internal  parts.  These  cartilages  extend  above 
the  level  of  the  hoof,  and  may  be  easily  felt  in  the  living 


FORM  AND  ACTION  OF  THE  FOOT. 


29 


horse  at  the  upper  and  back  part  of  the  coronet.  (Fig.  19, 20) 
Between  them,  and  behind  the  body  of  the  coffin  bone  is  a 
large  space  which  is  filled  up  by  a  mass  of  soft  tissue,  to 
which  various  names  have  been  given,  such  as  plantar- 
cushion,  frog-pad,  c*cc. 


Fig.  ig. — Coffin  Bone  and  Lateral  Cartilage  seen  from  above. 


Fig.  20. — The   Lateral   Cartilage. 


The  Frog  Pad  is  the  name  under  which  we  shall 
notice  it.  It  forms  the  bulbs  of  the  heels  and  is  the  soft 
basis  upon  which  is  spread  the  sensitive  frog.  It  extends 
from  side  to  side  of   the  foot   between  the  two  lateral 


30  THE    ART     OF    HORSESHOEING. 

cartilages,  and  fills  up  all  the  space  within  the  hoof 
behind  the  body  of  the  cof!in  bone.  The  structure  of  this 
pad  may  be  described  roughly  as  consisting  of  a  network 
of  fibrous  bands,  having  the  interstices  filled  up  with 
elastic    tissue.     (Fig.  21.)     Down  the  centre  of  the  pad 


Fig.  21.  — Section  ot  Foot  showing  the  Frog-Pad,  at  each  side 
the  cut  edge  of  the  Lateral  Cartilage. 

runs  a  vertical  partition  of  inelastic  fibres  ;  from  this, 
strong,  fibrous  bands  pass  to  each  cartilage,  and  so  the 
whole  of  the  back  part  of  the  foot  is  tied  together.  The 
heels  and  quarters  may  be  pressed  together  to  some 
extent,  but  they  are  prevented  from  being  forced  asunder 
by  the  fibrous  connections  of  the  frog-pad.  During  pro- 
gression, the  downward  movement  of  the  coronet  bone  is 
provided  for  by  this  soft  pad,  and  so  is  an  upward  move- 
ment of  the  frog,  when  excessive  bearing  is  placed 
upon  it. 

The  frog-pad  serves  other  purposes  besides  those  we 
have  just  referred  to.  It  is  essentially  a  cushion  or  pad 
to  prevent  jar  or  concussion,  and  it  also  plays  an  impor- 
tant part  in  the  action  of  the  foot,  as  we  shall  see  later  on. 

The  Coronary  Cushion  or  Pad  is  another  mass 
of  tissue  of  a  similar  nature  to  the  frog-pad.  It  is 
situated  just  above  the  upper  border  of  the  hoof,  and 
gives   to  the  coronet   its  prominence  and  elasticity.    At 


FORM    AND    ACTION     OF     THE    FOOT.         31 

this  part  of  the  foot  there  is  an  enormous  number  of 
small  blood-vessels  and  nerves,  and  the  coronary  pad 
forms  not  only  a  base  for  these  to  rest  on,  but  a  necessary 
protection  for  them.  If,  instead  of  this  elastic  bed,  they 
were  placed  merely  between  the  skin  and  the  hard  bones 
and  tendons  of  the  part,  they  would  be  injured  by  every 
slight  bruise.  Even  with  this  cushion,  we  have,  in 
practice,  very  many  serious  conditions  following  bruises 
of  the  coronet. 

Blood-vessels  of  the  Foot. — It  is  not  necessary  to 
described  the  course  of  tliese  vessels.  All  we  need  remem- 
ber is  that  every  part  of  the  tissues  within  the  hoof  is 
very  plentifully  supplied  with  blood,  and  that  the  flow 
of  blood  is  most  rapid  when  the  foot  is  in  action.  In  a 
dead  foot,  from  which  the  blood  has  escaped,  a  certain 
amount  of  movement  of  the  bones  within  the  hoof  is 
easily  effected.  In  the  living  foot,  when  every  vessel  is 
filled  with  blood,  no  such  movement  takes  place.  The 
blood  in  the  vessels  forms  a  sort  of  water-bed,  which 
assists  in  preventing  concussion  and  which  distributes 
evenly  over  the  whole  organ  the  pressure  applied  when 
weight  is  thrown  on  the  foot.  In  studying  the  dead  foot 
with  a  view  to  understanding  its  mechanism,  we  must  not 
lose  sight  of  the  difference  which  results  from  having  in 
one  case  the  blood  vessels  empty,  and  in  the  other — in  the 
living  animal — the  blood-vessels  full. 

The  Foot  as  a  Whole. 

The  details  given  of  the  structure  and  uses  of  each 
separate  part  of  the  foot  will,  it  is  hoped,  be  suthcient 
to  enable  us  to  understand  the  form  and  action  of  the 
organ  as  a  whole. 

No  one  part  of  the  foot  is  of  greater  importance  than 
another;  each  is  dependent  for  its  highest  development 
and  soundest  condition  upon  the  integrity  of  neigh- 
bouring parts. 

A  weak  wall  allows  of  the  flattening  and  spreading  of 


32  THE    ART    OF    HORSESHOEING. 

the  sole,  whilst  a  weak  sole  permits  contraction  of  the 
wall.  Overgrown  heels  cause  wasting  of  the  frog,  but 
low,  weak  h^els  are  usually  accompanied  by  excessive 
development  of  frog. 

The  special  function  of  the  foot  is  to  sustain  the 
weight  of  the  animal  whilst  standing  or  moving.  The 
horse  standing  squarely  on  all  four  feet  rests  his  weight 
chiefly  on  the  lower  circumference  of  the  wall.  On  level 
ground,  the  sole,  on  account  of  its  arched  form,  takes  no 
direct  bearing,  but  if  sole  and  wall  be  sound,  a  propor- 
tion of  all  pressure  applied  to  the  wall  is  transmitted  to 
the  sole.  So,  also,  must  all  weight  imposed  on  the  arch 
of  the  sole  be  transmitted,  through  its  abutments  or 
union  with  the  wall,  to  the  wall.  If  the  sole  be  so  thin 
that  it  yields  to  pressure,  then  its  proper  action  is  des- 
tro3^ed,  and  instead  of  acting  like  an  arch  and  supporting 
weight  imposed  on  it,  it  yields,  and  injury  results.  The 
arched  form  of  the  sole  indicates  that  it  was  not  intended 
to  take  a  direct  bearing  on  hard  ground.  On  a  soft  sur- 
face, the  edge  of  the  wall  sinks  and  the  whole  under 
surface  of  the  foot  takes  a  direct  bearing.  Pressure  of 
the  sole  on  the  soft  surface  does  no  harm,  because  it  is 
diifused  evenly  over  the  whole  of  the  sole.  AVe  take 
advantage  of  this  when  the  wall  is  diseased  or  injured 
and  we  desire  to  throw  on  the  sole  a  larger  share  of 
weight.  We  turn  such  animals  out  into  a  soft  field,  or 
stable  them  on  sand  or  saw-dust.  Any  system  of  shoeing 
founded  upon  the  true  form  and  action  of  the  foot  must 
recognise  the  arch,  and  not  endeavour  to  force  the  sole 
to  take  a  bearing  for  which  it  is  not  adapted.  There  is 
only  one  part  of  the  sole  which  should  act  as  a  bearing 
surface,  viz.,  that  outer  border  which  is  firmly  joined  to 
the  wall.  This  part — the  abutment  of  the  arch — is  des- 
tined by  nature  to  take  a  bearing,  and  through  it  the 
whole  of  the  sole  supports  its  share  of  weight. 

The  frog  takes  a  bearing  on  the  ground,  but  it  has  a 
weight-sustaining  function  quite  secondary  to  the  harder 
and  firmer  parts  of  the  hoof.     It  is  formed  of  a  softer 


FORM     AND     ACTION     OF     THE     FOOT.        33 

horn,  and  it  has  above  it  only  soft  tissues  which  permit 
yielding.  The  frog,  then,  when  weight  is  placed  upon  it 
by  the  standing  horse,  recedes  from  pressure  and  leaves 
the  heels  (wall  and  bars)  to  sustain  the  primary  weight. 
Wall,  sole  and  frog,  each  take  their  share  in  supporting 
weight,  but  this  function  is  distributed  over  them  in  dif 
ferent  degrees,  and  it  is  fulfilled  by  each  in  a  varying 
manner.  During  progression,  the  foot  is  repeatedly 
raised  from  and  replaced  on  the  ground.  It  has  not  only 
to  support  weight,  but  to  sustain  the  effects  of  contact 
with  the  ground  at  each  step,  and  the  effects  of  being 
the  point  of  resistance  when  the  body  is  carried  forward 
and  the  foot  is  again  raised  from  the  ground. 

What  part  of  the  foot  comes  first  to  the  ground  ? 
Many  different  answers  have  been  given  to  this  question. 
It  has  been  said  by  some  that  the  toe  first  touches  the 
ground  ;  by  others,  that  the  foot  is  laid  flat  down ;  and 
by  a  few,  that  the  heel  is  the  first  part  to  come  in  contact 
with  the  ground.  Fortunately,  it  is  not  now  necessary 
to  argue  this  question  on  a  purely  theoretical  basis. 
Instantaneous  photography  has  shown  that  on  level 
ground,  at  all  paces,  the  horse  touches  the  ground  first 
with  the  heel.  This  fact  gives  significance  to  the  struc- 
tural differences  we  find  between  the  front  and  back 
portions  of  the  foot.  At  the  back  part  of  the  foot,  we 
have  the  wall  thinner  than  elsewhere,  we  have  the  move- 
able and  elastic  frog,  the  lateral  cartilages,  and  the 
frog-pad.  We  have,  in  fact,  a  whole  series  of  soft  and 
elastic  structures  so  arranged  as  to  provide  a  mechanism 
best  adapted  to  meet  shock  and  to  avoid  injury  by  jar. 
Whilst  drawing  heavy  loads,  or  ascending  or  descending 
hills,  the  horse  may  vary  his  action  to  suit  the  circum- 
stances, and  then  we  have  the  exception,  which  proves 
the  rule — then  we  have  sometimes  the  heel,  sometimes 
the  toe  brought  first  to  the  ground. 

At  the  time  when  the  foot  first  touches  the  ground, 
the  leg  is  extended  forward  and  the  pastern  is  in  the 
same  oblique  position  to  the  shank  as  when  a  horse  is 


34  THE     ART     OF     HORSE-SHOEING. 

standing.  This  obliquity  of  the  pastern  is  another  safe- 
guard against  concussion,  and  it  renders  impossible  the 
first  contact  with  the  ground  at  any  point  other  than  at 
the  heel.  As  the  leg  becomes  straightened,  the  weight 
of  the  body  is  imposed  upon  the  foot,  but  the  greatest 
strain  arrives  just  before  the  toe  leaves  the  ground,  for 
then  there  is  not  only  weight  to  sustain,  but  the  friction 
to  be  borne  which  results  from  the  toe  being  the  fulcrum 
upon  which  falls  the  whole  effect  of  the  muscular  effort 
necessary  to  raise  and  carry  forward  the  body  of  the 
animal.  The  front  part  of  the  foot  is  structurally  well 
adapted  for  its  use.  It  presents  the  thickest  and  strong- 
est part  of  the  horny  covering  ;  and,  as  an  inside  basis, 
it  has  the  unyielding  coffin  bone.  Thus  we  have  at  the 
toe  strength  and  rigidity  ;  at  the  heels,  strength  and 
elasticity. 

Another  important  point  in  the  action  of  the  foot  is 
mplied  by  the  question — Does  it  expand  when  weight  is 
thrown  upon  it '?  The  principles  of  horse-shoeing  require 
that  this  question  should  be  answered.  There  are  those 
who  say  that  the  foot  does  not  alternately  expand  and 
retract  as  weight  is  placed  upon  or  removed  from  it. 
There  are  others  who  assert  that  the  expansion  of  the 
foot  is  an  important  natural  function  that  must  be  pro- 
vided for  in  any  system  of  shoeing.  It  is  agreed  by  most 
observers  that  at  the  upper  border  of  the  hoof,  more  par- 
ticularly at  the  heels,  expansion  does  occur.  It  is  when 
we  come  to  the  lower  border  of  the  foot  that  the  state- 
ments are  most  conflicting.  Ordinary  measurements 
taken  at  this  part  with  calipers,  or  by  tracings  on  paper, 
of  the  foot  when  raised  from  the  ground  and  when  rest- 
ing upon  it,  show  no  variations  in  the  width  of  the  foot. 
These  methods  of  measurement  are  not  sufficiently 
delicate  to  be  trustworthy.  Experimentalists,  Lungwitz 
in  Germany  and  F.  Smith  in  this  country,  have  used 
an  apparatus  by  which  the  slightest  variations  are 
detected  by  electrical  contact,  and  the  results  are  very 
interesting.     These    experiments  show    that  in  a   well- 


FORM    AND    ACTION    OF    THE     FOOT.        35 

formed,  healthy  foot  the  hoof,  throughout  its  posterior 
two-thirds  does  expand  to  pressure,  and  perhaps  that  the 
arch  of  the  sole  is  slightly  flattened.  This  expansion  is, 
however,  comparatively  slight — about  equal  to  the  thick- 
ness of  a  sheet  of  writing  paper — and  may  practically  be 
disregarded  in  considering  the  best  methods  of  shoeing 
sound  feet. 

One  result  of  these  experiments  is  to  show  what  an 
important  part  the  frog  plays  in  the  foot,  and  also  how 
the  action  of  one  part  depends  upon  the  conditions  of 
others.  When  the  frog  rests  firmly  on  the  ground  and 
weight  is  placed  upon  the  foot,  expansion  occurs,  espe- 
cially at  the  upper  or  coronary  border  of  the  hoof. 
When  the  frog  does  not  touch  the  ground  and  weight  is 
imposed  upon  the  foot,  contraction  occurs.  The  expla- 
nation of  this  difference  seems  to  be  as  follows.  When 
weight  is  placed  upon  a  foot,  the  coronet  bone  is 
depressed  upon  the  soft  mass  of  the  frog-pad.  With  a 
sound  frog  taking  a  bearing  upon  the  ground,  the  frog- 
pad  cannot  descend,  and  the  compression  to  which  it  is 
therefore  submitted  causes  it  to  bulge  laterally  and  so 
expand  the  back  of  the  foot.  AVhen  the  frog  does  not 
reach  the  ground,  and  weight  is  placed  upon  the  frog- 
pad,  there  is  nothing  to  prevent  it  yielding  downwards, 
and  in  so  doing,  the  fibrous  band  connecting  together 
the  two  lateral  cartilages  of  the  foot  is  depressed  and 
the  cartilages  drawn  together ;  hence  the  contraction  of 
the  foot.  No  better  illustration  could  be  given  of  the 
unity  of  all  parts  of  the  foot,  and  how  one  or  many  parts 
may  suffer  if  the  structure  or  function  of  one  be  defective. 

There  is  one  more  movement  of  the  hoof  which  is 
possible  and  which  must  be  referred  to,  as  it  has  been 
made  the  basis  of  a  grave  error  in  shoeing.  I  have  said 
the  back  part  of  the  foot  is  elastic  and  yielding.  If  you 
examine  a  shoe,  so  applied  to  a  foot  that  an  inch  or  more 
of  its  extremity  has  no  contact  with  the  hoof,  you  will 
find  that,  when  the  weight  is  rested  on  that  foot,  the  horn 
yields  downwards  and  comes  in  contact  with  the  shoe. 


36  THE    ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

This  simply  demonstrates  that,  when  there  is  nothing  to 
support  it,  the  horn  at  the  heels  may  be  forced  down- 
wards. It  is  not  a  normal  action,  and  in  an  unshod  foot 
cannot  occur  on  a  level  surface.  The  effect  of  this  down- 
ward movement  of  the  heels  is  to  put  a  strain  on  the 
horn  of  the  quarters.  A  shoe  so  fitted  as  to  permit  this 
evil  is  in  common  use,  and  no  fault  is  more  serious  than 
thus  forcing  an  unnatural  action  upon  the  hoof  at  every 
step.  With  unintentional  irony,  this  piece  of  bad  work 
has  been  called  "  easing  the  heels."' 

In  concluding  this  chapter,  I  would  just  repeat  that 
the  natural  bearing  surface  of  the  horse's  foot  is  the 
lower  edge  of  the  wall  and  that  portion  of  the  sole 
immediately  in  union  with  it ;  that  the  arch  of  the  sole 
should  not  be  in  contact  with  the  ground  ;  that  the  frog 
ought  to  have  a  bearing  on  the  ground,  but  ought  not  to 
be  so  prominent  as  to  unduly  share  in  sustaining  weight. 
This  natural  bearing  surface,  is  what  we  want  to  utilise 
in  shoeing.  We  put  on  a  shoe  merelij  to  jprevent  excessive 
wear  of  the  hoof.  If  we  can  protect  the  wall,  the  frog  can 
take  care  of  itself,  and  we  have  only  so  to  apply  our 
shoe  that  we  do  not  damage  any  useful  structure  or 
interfere  with  any  natural  function. 

Note.— No  person  is  expected  to  learn  the  structure  of  a  foot 
entirely  from  this  description.  He  must  obtain  two  feet  cut  off  at 
the  fetlock  joint.  One  he  should  soak  in  w  ater  till  the  hoof  can  be 
pulled  off.  The  sensitive  foot  is  then  visible  and  the  inside  of  the 
hoof  ;  with  these  before  him,  the  drawings  and  descriptions  in  this 
chapter  will  be  of  great  assist h nee.  The  second  foot  lie  should  have 
sawn  vertically  down  the  middle  through  the  point  of  the  toe,  and 
again  across  the  quarters,  so  as  to  show  the  inside  of  the  foot  from 
two  different  points  of  view  ;  this  will  afford  a  view  of  the  relation 
of  parts. 


PREPARATION     OF     THE    FOOT.  3? 


Chapter  III. 

Preparation  of  the  Foot. 

The  cheap  wisdom  of  the  amateur  is  often  expressed 
in  the  remark  "  the  shoe  should  be  fitted  to  the  foot,  not 
the  foot  to  the  shoe."  Like  many  other  dogmatic  state- 
ments, this  is  only  the  unqualified  assertion  of  half  a 
truth.  Foot  and  shoe  have  to  be  fitted  to  each  other. 
There  are  very  few  horses  whose  feet  do  not  require  con- 
siderable alteration  before  a  shoe  can  be  properly  fitted 
to  them.  As  a  rule,  when  a  horse  arrives  at  the  forge, 
the  feet  are  overgrown  and  quite  out  of  proportion.  In 
a  few  cases — as  when  a  shoe  has  been  lost  on  a  journey — 
the  foot  is  worn  or  broken  and  irregularly  deficient  in 
horn.  In  either  instance,  the  farrier  has  to  make  alter- 
ations in  the  hoof  to  obtain  the  best  bearing  surface 
before  he  fits  a  new  shoe.  The  claim  often  made  for 
some  novel  inventions  in  horse  shoes,  "  that  they  may  be 
fitted  and  applied  in  the  stable  by  a  groom  or  stableman," 
is  evidence  of  a  sad  misunderstanding  of  the  art  of  horse- 
shoeing. If  shod  feet  always  remained  of  the  same 
shape,  replacement  of  shoes  would  be  a  very  easy  matter, 
but  they  never  do.  The  living  foot  is  constantly  chang- 
ing, and  therefore  the  man  entrusted  with  fitting  shoes 
to  it  must  know  what  its  proper  form  should  be.  "When 
he  finds  it  disproportionately  overgrown,  he  must  know 
how  much  horn  to  remove — where  to  take  away  and 
where  to  leave  alone.  He  must  not  carry  in  his  head  a 
theoretical  standard  of  a  perfect  foot,  and  attempt  to 
reduce  all  feet  to  that  shape.  He  must  make  allowance 
for  varieties  of  feet,  and  for  many  little  differences  of 
fonn  that  present  themselves  in  practice.  He  has,  in 
fact,   to  prepare  the  foot  for  a  shoe,   and  it  is  just  as 


38  THE    ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

important  to  do  this  properly  as  it  is  to  prepare  a  shoe 
for  the  foot.  To  fit  a  shoe  to  a  foot  which  has  not  been 
properly  prepared  may  be  even  more  injurious  to  the 
horse  than  "  to  fit  the  foot  to  the  shoe." 

The  general  principle  to  be  followed  is — to  remove 
superfluous  horn,  to  obtain  a  good  bearing  surface  for  a 
shoe,  to  bring  all  parts  of  the  hoof  equally  to  propor- 
tion. A  good  foot  so  prepared,  when  the  horse  is  stand- 
ing on  level  ground,  should  show,  when  looked  at  from 
the  front  both  sides  of  the  wall  of  equal  height ;  the 
transverse  line  of  the  coronet  should  be  parallel  with  the 
line  of  the  lower  border  of  the  hoof,  and  the  perpendi- 
cular line  of  the  leg  should  cut  those  lines  at  right 
angles.  (Fig.  22.)  When  looked  at  from  the  side,  the 
height  of  the  heels  and  the  toe  should  be  proportionate. 
When  looked  at  from  behind,  the  frog  should  be  seen 
touching  the  ground.  On  lifting  the  foot,  a  level  bearing 
suface  wider  than  the  wall  should  be  presented,  extend- 
ing from  heel  to  toe  all  round  the  circumference  of  the 
hoof  ;  within  this  level  border,  the  sole  should  be  concave, 
strong  and  rough. 

In  Fig.  22  is  shown  the  foot  on  its  ground  surface 
and  from  the  side.  The  parallel  lines  are  quite  arbit- 
rary, but  assist  in  explaining  how  the  proportion  of  the 
foot  is  to  be  attained.  Both  sides  of  the  foot  are  of  the 
same  height.  The  bearing  surface  just  meets  the  middle 
line.  All  the  lines  at  coronet,  heel  and  toe  are  at  right 
angles  to  the  perpendicular  line.  The  side  view  shows 
the  proportionate  height  of  heel  and  toe  and  the  slope  of 
the  wall  in  front.  Compared  with  Figs.  27  and  28, 
deviations  from  proportion  are  seen. 

These  conditions  are  not  attainable  with  all  feet,  but 
the  prudent  farrier  does  the  best  he  can  under  the  cir- 
cumstances. It  is  easy  to  make  the  frog  touch  the 
ground  by  over-lowering  the  heels,  but  this  is  only  intro- 
ducing one  evil  in  attempting  to  avoid  another.  Some 
feet  have  naturally  a  long  toe  with  an  excessive  slope  of 
the  front  part  of  the  wall.     To  hide  this  defect,  a  farrier 


PREPARATION     OF     THE    FOOT. 


39 


may  "  stump  up  "  the  toe  and  leave  the  heels   too  high, 
but  he  does  so  at  the  expense  of  the  horse's  foot.     Each 


Fig.  22.— Showing  proportionate  foot ;  ground  surface  and  side  view. 


foot  requires  treating  with  full  knowledge  of  the  form 
best  adapted  to  its  natural  formation,  and  most  capable 
of  carrying  a  shoe. 


40  THE    ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

The  Instruments  nsed  to  prepare  a  foot  for  shoeing 
are  a  rasp,  a  drawing  knife  and  a  toeing  knife. 

The  rasp  is  the  most  indispensible.  It  should  be 
sixteen  inches  long,  proportionately  broad,  and  one  part 
of  it  should  be  a  file-surface.  The  shorter,  narrow  rasps 
do  not  afford  all  the  advantages  a  farrier  should  possess 
to  enable  him  to  do  the  best  work.  To  strike  an  even, 
all-round  level  bearing  surface  on  a  hoof,  a  farrier 
requires  a  large  rasp,  just  as  a  joiner  must  have  a  large 
plane  to  produce  a  level-surface  on  wood.  Harm  may 
be  done  by  the  careless  use  of  a  rasp,  and  a  bearing- 
surface  spoiled  by  the  over-reduction  of  horn  at  one  place. 
This  fault  may  be  aggravated  by  attempts  to  mend  it,  if 
such  attempts  take  the  form  of  further  reduction  of  the 
whole  hoof  on  a  foot  where  horn  is  deficient. 

The  drawing  knife  is  a  comparatively  modern  instru- 
ment, which  replaced  a  tool  called  the  buttress.  A  draw- 
ing knife  is  formed  with  great  skill  for  the  purpose  of 
paring  out  the  concave  sole  of  the  hoof,  and  has  done 
infinite  harm.  In  the  days  which  have  now  almost 
passed  away,  when  it  was  thought  the  proper  thing  to 
make  the  hoof  look  clean,  smooth  and  pretty,  the  draw- 
ing knife  was  the  chief  instrument  in  the  preparation  of 
the  foot.  Now,  when  nearly  all  men  know  that  the 
stronger  the  sole  and  frog  of  the  foot  can  be  preserved, 
the  better  for  the  horse,  this  knife  is  less  used — and  the 
less  the  better.  The  doorman,  preparing  a  foot  for  the 
fireman  to  fit  a  shoe  to,  should  not  use  a  knife  at  all. 
The  man  who  fits  the  shoe  requires  a  knife  to  remove 
occasional  little  prominences  of  horn  which  are  liable  to 
cause  uneven  pressures  or  which  are  in  the  way  of  a 
properly  fitted  shoe- — as,  for  instance,  the  edge  of  the 
wall  to  make  way  for  a  clip,  or  the  angle  of  sole  at  the 
heel  to  prevent  uneven  pressure  by  the  shoe. 

The  toeing  knife  usually  consists  of  about  a  foot  of 
an  old  sword-blade.  This  knife  is  held  and  guided  by 
one  hand  of  the  farrier,  whilst  with  the  other  it  is  driven 
through    overgrown    horn    by    the    hammer.      Skilfully 


PREPARATION     OF     THE     FOOT. 


41 


used,  it  is  unobjectionable,  and  for  the  large,  strong 
hoof  of  heavy  draaght  horses,  it  saves  a  great  deal  of 
time  and  labour.  For  the  lighter  class  of  horses  it  is 
unnecessary,  and  for  weak  feet  vv^ith  a  thin  horn  covering 
it  is  dangerous. 

The  toeing  knife  cannot  leave  a  finished  level  bear- 
ing surface,  and  its  work  has  to  be  completed  by  a  few 
strokes  of  the  rasp.  A  farrier  should,  therefore,  never 
attempt  to  remove  all  the  superfluous  horn  with  the 
knife  ;  he  should  leave  some  for  the  rasp,  so  that  in  pro- 
ducing the  final  level  surface,  no  encroachment  upon  the 
necessary  thickness  of  covering  horn  need  be  made. 

The  Overgrown  Foot,  such  as  we  find  on  a  healthy 
horse  that  has  retained  a  set  of  shoes  for  some  weeks,  or 
that  has  been  without  shoes  on  a  surface  not  hard  enouah 
to  cause  sufficient  wear,  is  quite  unfitted  to  receive  a 
shoe.     It  must  be  reduced  to  proportions.     Id   Fig.  23, 


Fig.  23. 

I  have  attempted  to  show  diagrammatically  a  side  view 
of  an  overgrown  hoof.  The  dotted  lines  at  the  base 
show  two  effects  of  lowering  one  part  more  than  another, 
although  both  attain  a  level  surface.  In  Fig.  26,  we  see 
the  result   of  over-lowering  the  heels,   and  in  Fig.  25,  of 


42  THE    ART     OF     HORSE-SHOEING. 


leaving  them  too  high.  It  may  also  be  noticed  that 
these  conditions  affect  other  parts  of  the  foot  ;  in  fact,  not 
only  other  parts,  but  the  whole  foot,  and  even  the  rela- 
tive position  of  the  foot  to  the  leg.  If  we  compare  the 
proportionate  foot.  Fig.  24,  with  the  diagram  Fig.  26,  it 
will  be  seen  that  by  over-lowering  the  heels,  the  slope  of 
the  front  of  the  foot  is  increased,  that  the  bearing  sur- 
face from  heel  to  toe  is  slightly  increased  in  length,  and 
that  if  the  dotted  perpendicular  line  be  accepted  as 
showing  the  direction  through  which  the  weight  of  the 
body  passes,  lowering  the  heels  tends  to  put  an  increased 
proportion  of  weight  on  the  back  parts  of  the  foot.  If 
we  compare  Fig.  24  with  Fig.  25,  we  see  the  effect  of 
leaving  the  heels  too  high.  The  bearing  surface  from 
heel  to  toe  is  shortened,  the  slope  of  the  wall  at  the  toe 
is  made  less,  and  more  weight  is  thrown  upon  the  front 
parts  of  the  foot. 

Now,  these  alterations  in  both  cases  affect  not  only 
the  form  of  the  foot,  but  its  relative  position  to  the  leg, 
and  as  the  bones  of  the  limb  above  are  a  series  of  levers 
connected  by  muscles  and  ligaments  so  placed  as  to  be 
most  efficient  for  movement,  it  is  evident  that  alterations 
of  the  foot  must  affect  the  action  of  the  limb.  (Compare 
Figs.  24,  25  and  26.)  In  the  unshod  horse  roaming 
about,  there  is  a  natural  automatic  return  to  proper  rela- 
tive position  whenever  it  has  been  temporarily  upset. 
A  long  toe  is  worn  down  and  high  heels  are  reduced  to 
their  proper  level  by  friction.  Not  so  a  foot  protected 
by  an  iron  shoe.  Wear  is  stopped,  and  a  disproportion- 
ate hoof  becomes  more  and  more  disproportionate.  Tem- 
porary alterations  of  the  position  of  the  foot  do  little 
harm,  because  they  are  permitted,  within  a  margin,  by 
the  movement  of  joints  and  by  the  elasticity  of  muscles. 
When,  however,  an  alteration  of  position  is  continued 
for  many  weeks,  it  tends  to  become  permanently  fixed, 
and  may  thus  do  a  great  deal  of  harm,  which  is  not 
traced  to  its  real  cause,  because  the  effect  is  slow  and 
gradual.     It  is  important,   therefore,   to  remember  that 


PREPARATION     OF    THE    FOOT. 


43 


Fig.  24.— A  Proportionate  Hoof. 


Fig.  25. — A  disproportionate  Hoof — heels  too  high. 


Fig.  26.— A  disproportionate  Hoof— heels  too  low 


44  THE     ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING 

the  proportion  of  the  hoof  is  to  be  maintained,  not  only 
because  it  is  necessary  to  the  well-being  of  the  foot,  but 
because  it  affects  the  action  of  the  whole  limb.  Too 
long  a  toe  may  cause  a  horse  to  stumble,  and  it  must 
always  increase  the  strain  on  the  back  tendons  during 
progression.  Heels  too  high  prevent  the  frog  from  tak- 
ing its  proper  bearing  on  the  ground,  and  thus  cause  a 
loss  of  function  in  the  back  parts  of  the  foot.  An  exces- 
sively high  heel  has  a  tendenc}^  to  throw  the  knee  for- 
ward and  to  straighten  the  pastern. 

It  is  impossible  to  lay  down  any  hard  and  fast  rule 
to  guide  a  farrier  in  maintaining  the  proportions  of 
heel  and  toe,  when  reducing  an  over- grown  hoof  to 
proper  form.  Feet  differ  much  in  their  natural  forma- 
tion ;  some  are  high-heeled  and  some  low,  some  are 
straight  in  front,  some  very  n:iucli  sloped,  some  are 
narrow  and  upright,  others  round  and  spreading.  In 
Fig.  27,  the  heels  are  too  high,  and  the  bearing  surface 
does  not  reach  the  transverse  line  at  the  heels.  The  side 
view  shows  the  excessive  height  of  heels,  and  the  slope 
of  the  wall  in  front  too  upright.  Great  assistance  is 
afforded  the  farrier  in  judging  whether  he  should  remove 
more  horn  from  heel  or  toe  by  the  appearance  of  the 
under  surface  of  the  foot.  When  the  heels  are  much 
above  the  level  of  the  frog  there  is  an  indication  for 
their  lowering.  When  the  wall  and  bars  are  about  flush 
with  the  angle  of  sole  between  them,  there  is,  as  a  rule, 
no  more  horn  to  spare  at  that  part.  The  length  of  the 
toe  may  be  usefully  gauged  by  the  condition  of  the  junc- 
tion between  wall  and  sole.  When  the  sole  is  sound  and 
strong,  all  the  wall  above  its  level — wall  unsupported  by 
sole  and  showing  on  its  inner  aspect  marks  of  the  horny 
laminfE — may  be  rasped  down  so  that  a  firm  bearing 
surface  is  obtained,  consisting  of  wall  and  sole. 

In  Fig.  28,  the  bearing  surface  at  the  heels  is  below 
the  line  marking  a  proportionate  foot.  The  toe  is  too 
long  and  projects  beyond  the  transverse  toe  line.  The 
side   view   shows   the   low   heel   and   the   corresponding 


PREPARATION    OF     THE     FOOT. 


45 


excess  in  the  slope  of  the  wall  in  front.  The  lower 
transverse  line  in  each  figure  does  not  represent  the 
ground,  but  is  added  to  make  clearer  the  height  of  heels 
and  length  of  toe. 


Fig.  27 — Heels  high     under  surface  and  side  view. 


Important  as  it  is  to  maintain  the  relative  propor- 
tions between  the  front  and  back  parts  of  the  foot,  it  is 
perhaps  even  more    important    to  preserve   the   balance 


46 


THE    ART    OF    HORSESHOEING. 


between  the  two  sides  of  a  foot.  Both  sides  must  be  left 
of  equal  height.  If  one  side  be  higher  than  the  other,  a 
disproportionate  amount  of  weight  is  thrown  on  the 
lower  side,  and  more  or|  less  strain  is  put  upon  the  liga- 


Fig.  28— Heels  low— toe  long. 


ments  of  the  joints  above.  In  the  Figs.  '29,  one  limb  is 
shown  with  both  sides  of  the  hoof  even,  and  the  straight 
line  of  the  limb  cuts  squarely  across  the  transverse  line 


PREPARATION     OF     THE    FOOT.  47 

of  the  bearing  surface  of  the  foot.  In  the  other  hmb, 
one  side  of  the  hoof  is  too  high,  and,  in  the  preparation 
for  phoeing,  only  that  side  will  require  attention. 


Level  foot.  Fig.  29.  One  side  too  high. 

Through  constant  neglect  of  tliis  point,  some  feet 
become  more  or  lesF  permanently  twisted— and  the  twist 
occurs  at  the  coronet.  The  ground  surface  of  a  foot  or 
a  shoe  always  tends  to  remain  at  right  angles  to  the 
direction  of  the  limb,  and  when  the  sides  of  a  hoof  are 
allow^ed  to  remain  of  unequal  height,  the  higher  side 
presses  the  soft  tissues  of  the  coronet  upwards.  As  the 
hoof  grows  from  the  coronet,  the  side  thus  increased  in 
height  is  not  so  noticeably  uneven  at  the  lower  border  of 
the  wall  as  at  its  upper,  and  it  cannot  be  restored  to  its 
proper  form,  except  by  months  of  careful  attention  and 
shght  over-lowering  at  'each  shoeing.  The  diagrams 
(Figs.  80  and  31)  represent  vertical  sections  through  a 
foot  from  side  to  side.  One  shows  the  wall  uneven  at 
the  base,  the  other  shows  it  uneven  at  the  coronet. 

Peculiarities  in  the  formation  of  a  limb  sometimes 
cause  an  apparent  error  in  the  relative  position  of  the 
foot.  Thus  we  have  horses  that  turn  their  toes  in,  and 
those  that  turn  their  toes  out.  The  cause  of  this  twist 
takes  place  at  the  upper  part  of  the  limb,  and  it  will  be 
found  that  when  the  toe  turns  out,  the  elbow  turns  in, 
and  vice  versa.     The  farrier  can  do  no  good  to  this  forma- 


48 


THE     ART     OF     HORSE-SHOEING. 


tion,  and  attempts  to  alter  it  or  disguise  it  by  devices  in 
shoeing  are  only  injurious  to  the  foot, — little  deceptions 
woi'thy  of  a  horse-coper. 


Fig.  30.  —  Uneven  at  Ground  Surface. 


Fig.  31. — Uneven  at  Coronet. 

A  Good  Bearing  Surface  is  the  primary  object 
aimed  at  in  preparing  the  foot  for  a  shoe.  The  relative 
position  of  the  limb  to  the  foot  and  the  proper  propor- 
tions of  every  part  of  the  foot  are  matters  to  be  borne  in 
mind  whilst  the  farrier  is  directly  forming  the  bearing 
surface  for  a  shoe.  A  good  bearing  surface  must  be 
even,  level,  on  sound  horn,  and  as  wide  as  can  be 
obtained,  to  give  stability  to  the  shoe.  It  should  not  be 
limited  to  the  wall.  If,  without  over-reduction,  the  use 
of  the  rasp  leaves  a  firm  portion  of  the  sole  as  a  level 
surface  continuous  with  the  lower  edge  of  the  wall,  the 
best  of  bearing  surfaces  is  obtained.  (Fig.  32.)  The 
bearing  surface  should  be  level  from  heel  to  toe,  and  no 
part  of  it  can  be  singled  out  either  as  unfit  to  bear  weight 
or  as  specially  capable  of  enduring  undue  pressure.  No 
broken  or  diseased  horn  should  be  used  as  bearing  sur- 
face for  a  shoe.      The  broken  horn  should   be  removed 


Preparation   of   the   foot. 


49 


and  the  diseased  horn  must,  if  not  entirely  removed, 
have  so  much  of  its  border  cut  or  rasped  off  as  will  pre- 
vent contact  with  a  shoe. 


Fig.  32. — A  proportionate  Foot  with  a  good  bearing  surface. 

After  forming  a  level  bearing  surface  with  the  rasp, 
the  sharp  outer  border  of  the  wall  is  lightly  removed 
with  the  file,  so  as  to  prevent  splitting  of  the  horn.  The 
outer  surface  of  the  wall  should  not  be  rasped,  for  it 
affords  protection  to  the  deeper  layer  of  horn.  The 
harder  the  outer  layer  of  horn  is  kept,  the  tougher  and 
firmer  is  the  whole  thickness. 

The  Sole  and  Frog  require  very  little  attention. 
No  sensible  farrier  now  puts  himself  to  the  unnecessary 
trouble  of  cutting  away  horn  that  is  wanted  for  protec- 
tion. It  was  not  the  practical  farrier  that  introduced 
the  stupid  "paring  and  cutting  "  that  ruined  horses'  feet 
for  nearly  a  century.  It  was  the  theorists  — who  taught 
expansion  of  the  wall  and  descent  of  the  sole  as  primary 
necessities  in  the  function  of  a  foot,  who  must  be  credited 
with  all  the  evils  resulting  from  robbing  the  sole  and 
frog  of  horn.     When  a  horse  is  shod  with  an  iron  shoe, 


50  THE     ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

the  wall  cannot  wear,  and  therefore  it  has  to  be  artifi- 
cially reduced  at  each  shoeing.  But  the  shoe  does  not 
interfere  with  the  wear  of  a  frog,  and  the  farrier  may 
safely  leave  that  organ  entirely  to  take  care  of  itself. 
To  some  extent,  the  shoe  does  interfere  with  the  natural 
wear  of  the  sole,  and  therefore,  any  flakes  of  horn  which 
have  been  prevented  by  the  shoe  from  detaching  them- 
selves from  the  sole  may  be  removed.  The  best  way  to 
remove  these  is  with  the  buffer.  The  sole  should  not  be 
pared  out.  I  mean  not  only  that  the  horn  should  be  left 
strong,  it  should  not  be  pared  with  a  drawing  knife, 
even  if  only  a  harmless  surface  layer  be  removed.  The 
effect  of  leaving  the  sole  of  a  shod  foot  with  a  smooth, 
level,  pared  surface  is  to  stop  its  natural  method  of 
throwing  off  more  or  less  broken  flakes,  and  to  cause  it 
to  retain  that  which  is  half  loose  until  it  is  removed  in 
one  great  cake. 

A  portion  of  the  sole  that  requires  a  little  special 
care  in  preparing  for  shoeing  is  the  angle  between  the 
wall  and  the  bars — the  well-known  seat  of  "  corn."  This 
must  not  be  left  so  as  to  come  in  contact  with  the  shoe. 
It  is  not  to  be  "  scooped "  out,  but  it  should  be  reduced 
distinctly  below  the  level  of  the  wall,  so  that  when  the 
shoe  has  been  in  position  for  a  week  or  two,  there  is  still 
no  contact  between  the  horn  of  the  sole  and  the  iron  at 
that  point. 

Level  or  Adjusted  Surface  ?  The  bearing  surface 
of  a  hoof  must,  of  course,  be  exactly  adapted  to  the  sur- 
face of  shoe  intended  to  be  applied.  Presuming  that  the 
best  surface  for  a  shoe  is  one  level  from  toe  to  heel,  I 
have  insisted  upon  the  necessity  of  a  level  bearing  sur- 
face on  the  foot.  There,  are,  however,  exceptional  cases 
in  which  a  level  shoe  is  not  used,  and  then  we  must  alter 
the  foot  accordingly.  Horses  that  wear  the  toe  of  a  shoe 
out  of  all  proportion  to  the  rest  of  the  iron  may  be  bene- 
ficially shod  with  a  shoe  turned  up  at  the  toe.  To  fit 
such  a  shoe  the  hoof  surface  must  not  be  made  level  ;  it 


PREPARATION     OF     THE    FOOT.  51 

must  be  rasped  away  at  the  toe  and  rounded  off  to  follow 
the  line  of  the  shoe.  In  the  three  diagrams  (Fig.  33)  is 
shown — {a)  side  view  of  a  foot  prepared  to  suit  the 
turned-up  shoe  at  the  toe,  (b)  a  level  line  to  fit  a  level 
shoe,  and  (c)  a  form  often  adopted  on  the  Continent,  to 


F'K-  33- — Three  forms  of  Bearing  Surface. 

suit  a  shoe  fitted  with  a  slight  curve  throughout.  This 
adjusted  shoe  is  designed  to  imitate  the  shape  of  the 
worn  surface  of  an  old  shoe  or  to  some  extent  the  worn 
surface  of  an  unshod  foot.  Every  farrier  knows  how 
many  horses  go  better  after  a  level  shoe  has  been  worn 
a  few  days  than  when  first  applied,  and  it  is  argued, 
with  reason,  that  the  greater  ease  is  due  to  the  shoe 
being  worn  to  the  form  offering  least  resistance  to  the 
movement  of  the  foot  in  locomotion.  I  have  nothing  to 
say  against  this  form  of  shoe  and  the  necessary  form  of 
foot  surface  for  it,  except  that  it  is  more  difficult  to 
make  than  the  ordinary  level  one.  When  adopted,  the 
curve  of  the  foot  should  be  obtained  not  so  much  by  over- 
lowering  the  toe  and  heels,  as  by  leaving  the  quarters 

higher. 

Faults  to  be  Avoided. 

Fig.  34  shows  a  hoof  in  which  shortening  of  the  toe 

has  been  effected  not  by  reducing  the  ground  surface  of 

the  wall,  but  by  rasping  away  the  wall  in  front  of  the 


52 


THE    ART     OF     HORSE-SHOEING. 


toe.  This  should  not  be  done  with  any  good  foot,  but  it 
may  be  adopted  with  feet  having  an  unnaturally  long 
toe  and  no  superfluous  horn  on  tlie  under  surface.  A 
"  stumped-up  "  toe  is  very  ugly,  and  it  weakens  the  hoof 
in  front. 


Fig-  34— A  "  stumped-up  "  toe. 


Uneven  Bearing  Surfaces  are  easily  produced  by 

a  careless  use  of  the  rasp.  One  side  of  the  wall  may  be 
made  lower  than  the  other,  one  heel  may  be  reduced 
more  than  the  rest  of  the  foot,  or  one  side  of  the  toe  may 
be  unevenly  reduced.  In  Fig.  35,  the  foot  presents  an 
uneven  surface  which  not  uncommonly  results  from 
careless  work.  The  parts  over-reduced  are  those  most 
easily  reached  with  a  rasp.  The  near  foot  suffers  at  the 
outside  heel  and  inside  toe.  A  left  handed  farrier 
would  injure  the  feet  in  just  the  opposite  positions. 

Auotliei-  fault  results  from  holding  the  rasp  untruly. 
If  we  suppose  the  inside  heel  of  the  inner  foot  to  be  under 
preparation,  and  the  farrier  inclines  his  rasp  too  much 
inwards,  he  leaves  the  wall  at  the  heel  lower  than  the 
sole  within  it.  On  such  a  foot,  a  level  shoe  rests  upon 
the  sole  instead  of  upon  the  wall,  and  a  bruised  heel 
soon  foUow^s. 


PREPARATION     OF     THE     FOOT. 


53 


F"'e-  35-  — Uneven  Surface,  over-lowered  at  Heel  and  Toe. 

Paring  away  the  Sole  to  produce  a  deep,  con- 
cave appearance  has  another  evil  effect  in  addition  to 
that  before  pointed  out.     It  removes  the  horn  just  within 


Fig.  36.—  A  Paied-out  foot  ;  bars  destroyed  and  bearing  surface 
for  shoe  reduced  to  a  narrow  ridge. 

the  border  of  the  wall,  taking  away  the  natural  support, 
and  leaving  as  bearing  surface  for  a  shoe  a  narrow  ridge 
instead  of  a  strong  flat  surface.     Fig.  86  shows  this  fault, 


54  THE     ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING 


and  it  must  be  remembeitd  that  the  ridge  may  be  left 
as  thin  as  a  knife  edge.  Such  a  ridge  cannot  sustain  the 
weight  of  the  horse,  and  when  it  yields,  the  shoe  also 
yields,  the  clenches  are  raised  and  the  shoe  becomes  loose. 

Excessive  Rasping  of  Wall.— The  best  farriers — 
those  most  proud  of  their  work — have  a  great  temptation 
to  use  a  rasp  too  freely  to  the  outer  surface  of  the  wall. 
The  hoof  gets  rough  or,  it  may  be,  ridged,  its  appearance 
is  improved  by  being  made  smooth,  and  it  is  only  human 
to  turn  out  work  which  is  clean  and  neat.  Owners  and 
grooms  are  rather  inclined  to  forget  the  claims  of  the 
horse  when  judging  shoeing,  and  the  result  is  that  some 
harm  is  done  by  excessive  rasping.  A  strong  foot  does 
not  suffer  much,  but  its  strength  is  preserved  by  leaving" 
the  hard  outer  surface  intact.  Easping  off  an  outer 
layer  of  horn  favours  evaporation  and  hardening  of  the 
underneath  layer,  and  the  toughness  so  desirable  is  to 
some  degree  replaced  by  hardness  and  brittleness. 
Excessive  rasping  below  the  clenches  is  even  more  injur 
ious  than  rasping  above  them.  The  wall,  between  its 
bearing  surface  and  the  clenches,  has  to  withstand  the 
contact  of  the  shoe  and  the  perforation  by  nails.  It 
should  be  the  toughest  and  strongest  part,  and  therefore 
should  not  be  rasped  more  than  is  necessary  to  lay  down 
the  clenches  and  finish  the  fitting.  Unfortunately,  the 
neatest  work  is  done  by  fitting  a  shoe  "  close  '"  and  then 
rasping  off  any  protruding  horn.  This  is  bad  for  the 
foot,  as  it  weakens  the  wall  and  spoils  the  bearing  sur- 
face at  each  shoeing.  The  worst  offenders  in  this  direc- 
tion are  dealers,  who  sacrifice  everything  to  appearances 
and  insist  upon  shoeing  being  neat  at  all  hazards. 

Opening  the  Heels  is  one  of  the  gravest  faults  a 
farrier  can  be  guilty  of.  It  consists  in  cutting  away  the 
extremity  of  the  wall  at  the  heel  and  generally  a  slice  off 
the  side  of  the  frog  at  the  same  time.  The  effect  is  to 
produce  an  appearance  of  width  at  the  back  of  the  foot — 
to  make  what   is  called    "a  fine    open    foot."     Fig.  36 


PREPARATION     OF     THE    FOOT.  66 

shows  a  foot  which  has  been  injured  in  this  way.  The 
wedge  shaped  opening  which  results  has  many  object- 
tions.  It  breaks  the  continuity  of  structures  at  the  heels, 
it  removes  horn  unnecessarily,  it  weakens  the  foot,  and, 
when  the  wall  is  interfered  with,  it  shortens  the  bearing 
surface  for  a  shoe.  The  bearing  surface  at  the  back  of 
the  foot  is  perhaps  the  most  important  of  any  afforded 
by  the  wall.  The  longer  the  bearing  surface  is  at  the 
heels,  the  more  the  base  for  sustaining  weight  is  brought 
under  the  leg,  and  the  better  the  position  for  supporting 
the  body.  All  removal  of  horn  that  shortens  this  surface 
is  injurious. 

Over- Reduction  of  Hoof  is  always  a  fault.  It  is 
true,  a  carefully  fitted  shoe  on  a  foot  so  treated  may  do  no 
harm  for  a  time.  Too  much  horn  should  be  left  rather 
than  too  little.  A  strong  covering  of  horn  is  a  protection 
against  many  mistakes  in  the  fitting  or  form  of  a  shoe 
applied  to  a  foot.  So  long  as  a  hoof  is  everywhere  strong 
enough  to  sustain  pressure  and  afford  bearing,  weight  is 
evenly  distributed  throughout  the  whole  foot.  When 
the  horn  is  thin,  it  yields  to  an  uneven  pressure,  and 
damage  is  done  to  the  foot,  even  if  immediate  lameness 
is  not  induced. 


56  THE     ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 


Chapter  IV. 

Foals  and   Unshod  Feet. 

Injury  to  horses  may  result  from  want  of  attention 
to  their  unshod  feet.  At  first  sight,  this  stateinent 
would  appear  to  suggest  that  the  hoof,  in  its  natural  con- 
dition, was  unable  to  take  care  of  itself.  This  is  not  so. 
When  horses  without  shoes  are  really  in  a  state  of 
nature  they  have  extensive  pasture  grounds  and  un- 
limited freedom  of  motion.  Growth  and  wear  of  hoof  are 
balanced,  and  so  the  foot  is  preserved  in  a  proportionate 
shape.  Over- wear  of  horn  causes  the  horse  to  rest  his 
tender  foot,  and  growth  soon  brings  about  a  balance. 
Over-growth  cannot  take  place  so  long  as  constant  wear 
accompanies  the  free  movement  of  the  animal. 

The  injury  referred  to  is  due  to  excessive  growth  of 
horn,  which  takes  place  on  the  feet  of  horses  that  are 
confined  in  stables  or  small  paddocks  where  natural  use 
is  insufficient  to  preserve  the  balance  between  growth 
and  wear.  Excessive  growth  of  horn  causes  dispropor- 
tion in  the  form  of  a  foot,  and  ill-formed  feet  soon  react 
injuriously  upon  the  limb.  AH  horses'  feet,  as  they  grow, 
become  long  at  the  toe,  and  thus  the  bearing  surface 
upon  which  the  leg  should  firmly  rest,  is  carried  too 
far  forward  from  the  vertical  line  of  the  limb.  This 
injuriously  affects  the  joints  and  tendons  of  the  leg. 
Over-grown  feet  are  always  too  high  at  the  heels,  and 
thus  the  frog  is  removed  from  its  proper  bearing  on  the 
ground,  with  the  consequence  that  it  wastes,  loses  its 
function  and  permits  contraction  of  the  hoof.  Excessive 
growth  of  hoof  may  also  leave  one  side  of  the  wall 
higher  than  the  other,  a  condition   which,    especially  in 


FOALS    AND     UNSHOD    FEET.  57 

young  horses,  may  cause  a  more  or  less  permanent 
twisting  of  the  foot  on  the  leg. 

The  reaction  of  the  limb  to  distorted  forms  of  hoof 
and  the  injury  to  internal  parts  of  the  foot  from  dispro- 
portionate growth  of  hoof  are  more  serious  in  young 
animals  than  in  those  of  maturer  growth.  The  tissues 
are  more  plastic,  more  easily  moulded  to  external  condi- 
tions and  more  likely  to  suffer  permanentl)^  from  inter- 
ference w^th  their  functions,  than  are  the  tissues  of 
animals  in  which  development  has  ceased. 

The  ease  with  which  the  foot  and  leg  react  upon  each 
other  in  young  animals  permits  attempts  being  made  to 
improve  the  form  of  defective  limbs  and  to  prevent  some 
defects  from  becoming  greater.  If  one  side  of  the  hoof  be 
higher  than  the  other  there  is  a  tendencj'^  for  the  long 
bones  above  the  foot  to  be  thrown  out  of  the  perpendicular. 
If  the  inside  of  the  hoof  be  the  higher,  the  fetlock  is 
thrown  outwards  and  any  tendency  to  knock-knees  would 
thus  be  opposed.  If  the  outside  of  the  hoof  be  the  higher 
the  fetlock  is  thrown  inwards  and  thus  a  tendency  to  bow- 
leg may  be  counteracted.  All  disproportions  of  the  foot 
affect  the  leg  in  greater  degree  up  to  the  first  joint,  but 
the  effect  does  not  cease  there.  It  is  to  a  lesser  degree 
imparted  to  the  bones  above,  so  that  even  the  position  of 
the  knees  and  hocks  may  to  some  extent  be  modified  by 
the  form  of  the  foot.  A  colt  with  well  formed  limbs  only 
requires  that  his  feet  should  be  kept  proportionate.  A 
colt  with  defective  conformation  requires  the  foot  putting 
into  a  form  w^hich  may  counteract  the  defect.  To  do  this 
is  a  work  of  time,  and  as  the  hoof  is  constantly  growing 
and  liable  to  accidental  injuries,  a  shoe  must  be  affixed  so 
that  the  desired  effect  is  maintained.  For  the  good  of  the 
hoof  it  is  kept  proportionate,  but  the  shoe  is  made  higher 
on  one  side  than  the  other.  In  this  way  a  force,  slight 
but  constant,  is  directed  so  as  to  counteract  the  tendency 
of  the  limb  to  develop  an  irregular  conformation.  The 
relative  proportions  of  the  toe  and  heel  may  also  be 
modified  to  produce  effects  upon  the  limb.  When  the  front 


58  THE    ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

pasterns  are  excessively  oblique  a  shoe  thick  at  the  heels 
tends  to  prevent  increase  of  the  defect.  When  the  knees 
are  thrown  unduly  forward,  a  shoe  thick  at  the  toe  will 
assist  in  bringing  them  back  to  the  desired  position. 
When  the  hocks  are  turned  excessively  inwards  the  use  of 
a  shoe  with  the  inner  branch  highest  will  counteract  the 
condition,  whilst  the  use  of  a  shoe  with  the  outer  branch 
liighest  will  have  a  tendency  to  throw  the  joints  closer. 

When  shoes  are  fixed  upon  the  feet  of  animals  at  grass 
it  is  too  often  forgotten  that  growth  of  horn  goes  on 
whilst  wear  has  ceased,  and  that  a  disproportionate  foot 
must  be  produced  in  a  few  weeks.  No  shoes  should 
remain  on  'feet  more  than  five  weeks  without  removal. 
Then  the  hoof  should  be  reduced  with  a  rasp  to  its  proper 
proportions  and  the  shoes  may  be  re-applied. 

The  necessary  interference  with  so  and  feet  which  are 
simply  overgrown  is  very  slight.  No  cutting  or  paring  of 
frog  or  sole  is  required.  All  that  is  wanted  is  a  judicious 
use  of  the  rasp  to  the  lower  border  of  the  wall,  so  that 
heels  are  not  allowed  to  lift  the  frog  from  contact  with  the 
ground  ;  so  that  the  toe  is  not  of  such  abnormal  length 
as  to  strain  the  joints  and  tendons  of  the  leg  ;  so  that 
both  sides  of  the  hoof  are  maintained  of  an  equal  height. 

Stud  horses,  from  want  of  exercise  and  excessive 
feeding,  are  predisposed  to  disease  of  the  feet.  Laminitis 
is  a  frequent  cause  of  lameness  and  even  of  death  in 
stallions,  and  in  mares  at  foaling  time.  It  would  be 
wrong  to  say  that  this  disease  is  directly  due  to  neglected, 
disproportionate  feet,  but  in  nearly  every  case  these 
conditions  accompany  the  disease,  and,  according  to  their 
extent  aggravate  it.  I  feel  certain  that  more  attention 
to  the  preservation  of  the  natural  form  of  hoof  would 
modify  the  violence  of  many  cases,  even  if  it  did  not 
prevent  their  origin. 

In  all  horses  which  are  prevented  by  then-  surround- 
ings from  wearing  down  the  hoof  naturally,  especially 
in  young,  growing  animals,  a  little  periodic  attention  to 
the   hoof  would  ensure    better   conformation    and    more 


FOALS    AND     UNSHOD     FEET.  59 

healthy  feet  and  Hmbs.  As  a  rule,  it  is  in  the  more  expen- 
sive class  of  horse  that  is  bred  and  reared  in  stables  or 
in  confined  pastures  that  overgrowth  produces  mis- 
chief. The  greater,  then,  the  economy  of  intelligent  care 
of  the  foot  in  such  conditions.  Were  it  possible  to 
always  trace  effects  to  their  causes,  it  would  often  be 
found  that  round  joints,  straight  pasterns  and  bent  knees 
directly  resulted  from  neglect  of  the  feet  in  unshod 
young  horses. 


60  THE    ART     OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 


Chapter  V. 

The  Form  and  Man[)facture  of  Shoes. 

Horse-shoes  are  made  either  by  hand  or  machinery. 
In  this  country  most  are  hand-made — the  front  shoes 
from  new  bar  iron,  and  the  hind  from  old  shoes  welded 
together  and  drawn  out  under  heavy  hannners.  Probably 
no  method  of  working  iron  gives  such  good  results  as 
this  in  producing  a  hard,  tough  shoe  that  will  withstand 
wear.  The  custom  of  the  trade  is  to  keep  a  stock  of 
shoes  suitable  for  all  the  regular  customers.  From  this 
stock  are  selected  sizes  and  forms,  which  are  then  speciallj^ 
fitted  for  each  foot. 

Various  materials  have  been  tried  in  the  production 
of  horse-shoes.  Leather,  compressed  and  hardened,  has 
been  tried,  and  failed.  Vulcanite  was  experimented  with 
unsuccessfully.  Paper,  or  more  correctly,  a  compressed 
papier  mdcht',  has  also  been  tested,  but  proved  unsatisfac- 
tory. Steel  has  been  pretty  largely  tried  in  many 
different  forms,  but  it  is  difficult  to  temper.  As  nearly 
all  shoes  are  applied  immediately  after  being  fitted,  they 
have  to  be  rapidly  cooled  in  water,  and  steel  treated  in 
this  way  is  made  so  hard  that,  if  the  shoes  do  not  break, 
they  are  dangerously  slippery  on  most  paved  streets.  As 
a  material  for  shoes  good  malleable  iron  has  no  equal. 
It  can  be  obtained  in  bars  of  various  sizes  to  suit  any 
form  and  weight  of  shoe,  and  the  old  shoes  made  from  it 
may  be  worked  up  over  and  over  again. 

The  chief  objects  to  be  attained  in  any  particular 
pattern  or  form  of  shoe  are — that  it  be  light,  easily  and 
safely  retained  by  a  few  nails,  capable  of  wearing  three 
weeks  or  a  month,  and  that  it  afford  good  foot-hold  to 


THE  FORM  AND  MANUFACTURE  OF  SHOES    61 

the  horse.     All  shoes  should  be  soundly  worked  and  free 
from  flaws. 

The  first  shoes  were  doubtless  applied  solely  to  protect 
the  foot  from  wear.  The  smiplest  arrangement  would 
then  be  either  a  thin  plate  of  iron  covering  the  ground 
surface  of  the  foot,  or  a  narrow  rim  fixed  merely  round 
the  lower  border  of  the  wall.  Experience  teaches  that 
these  primitive  forms  can  be  modified  with  advantage, 
and  that  certain  patterns  are  specially  adapted  to  our 
artificial  conditions.  A  good  workman  requires  no 
directions  as  to  how  he  should  work,  and  it  is  doubtful 
if  a  bad  one  would  be  benefitted  by  any  w^ritten  rules ; 
but  it  should  be  noted  that  a  well-made  shoe  may  be  bad 
for  a  horse's  foot,  whilst  a  very  rough,  badly-made  one 
may,  when  properly  fitted,  be  a  useful  article.  To  make 
and  apply  horse-shoes  a  man  must  be  more  than  a  clever 
worker  in  iron — he  must  be  a  farrier,  and  that  necessitates 
a  knowlege  of  the  horse's  foot  and  the  form  of  shoe  best 
adapted  to  its  wants. 

Weight  of  Shoes. — The  lighter  a  shoe  can  be  made 
the  better.  AYeight  is  a  disadvantage  we  are  obliged  to 
put  up  with  to  obtain  wear,  for  the  frequent  removal  of 
shoes  is  only  a  little  less  injurious  to  the  hoof  than 
working  with  none  at  all.  It  is  not  to  be  understood  that 
the  heaviest  shoe  gives  most  wear ;  on  the  contrary,  a 
heavy  shoe  may  have  the  iron  so  distributed  as  to  increase 
the  rapidity  of  wear,  and  a  shoe  of  half  the  weight 
properly  formed  may  last  longer.  It  is  no  uncommon 
thing  to  find  worn-out  shoes  still  weighing  more  than  a 
new  shoe  which  will,  on  the  same  horse,  give  a  longer 
period  of  wear.  When  a  horse  wears  his  shoes  out  very 
rapidly,  the  indication  to  the  farrier  is  not  simply  to 
increase  the  weight,  but  to  see  if  he  can  obtain  more  wear 
by  altering  the  form  and  distributing  the  iron  in  a 
different  way.  A  tired  horse  wears  his  shoes  much  more 
rapidly  than  a  fresh  and  active  one.  Continued  slipping 
wears  away  a  shoe  out  of  all  proportion  to  the  work  done 


62  THE     ART     OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

by  a  horse  having  a  firm  foot-hold.  These  two  different 
conditions  may  be  partially  due  to  the  shoes,  for  a  heavy 
shoe  tires  the  leg,  and  broad  flat  shoes  favour  slipping. 
Some  horses  wear  one  special  part  of  the  shoe  excessively 
— as  a  rule,  either  at  the  toe  or  the  heel — and  this  is  better 
met  by  turning  up  the  worn  part  out  of  the  line  of  wear 
than  by  thickening  it  and  so  increasing  weight.  Besides, 
a  heavy  shoe  requires  a  greater  number  or  a  larger  size  of 
nails  to  retain  it  securely  in  position,  and  this  is  a  disad- 
vantage. It  has  often  been  asserted  that  a  horse  "  goes 
better"  in  a  heavy  shoe  than  a  light  one,  and  that  this  is 
due  to  the  heavier  shoe  acting  as  a  protection  to  the 
foot  and  warding  off  concussion.  If  the  term  "  goes 
better"  merely  means  that  he  lifts  his  foot  higher  and 
consequently  bends  his  knee  more,  I  do  not  deny  the 
assertion.  The  reason  of  this  is  not  that  the  horse  feels 
less  concussion  and  therefore  goes  freer.  It  is  an  exagger- 
ation of  the  natural  movements,  due  simply  to  the 
horse  with  weight  imposed  on  his  feet  having  to  use  the 
muscles  of  his  arms  more  to  lift  that  weight.  The  same 
thing  can  be  brought  about  by  tying  bags  of  shot  on  to 
the  hoof,  which  is  done  to  cultivate  "  action."  The 
healthy  foot  requires  no  artificial  aids  against  concussion, 
but  when  a  foot  becomes  tender  from  bad  shoeing  it  may 
sometimes  be  relieved  by  adding  to  the  substance  and 
weight  of  a  shoe. 

The   following   are    about    the    average    weights,    per 
shoe,  of  horses  standing  16  hands  high  : 

Kace  Horses  ...  ..       '2  to     4  ounces. 

Hacks  and  Hunters  ...     15  to  ] 8         ,, 

Carriage  Horses        20  to  30         ,, 

Omnibus      ,,  ...  ...       3  to  3^  pounds. 

Dray  ,,  ...         ...       4  to  5 

Thickness  and  Width  of  Shoes.— To  obtain  the 
necessary  amount  of  wear  from  shoes  they  must  be 
increased  either  in  thickness  or  width,  and  it  will  assist 
us  in  estimating  the  relative  value  of  these  conditions  if 


THE  FORM  AND  MANUFACTURE  OF  SHOES    63 

we  shortly  consider  their  advantages  and  disadvantages. 
I  may  say  at  once  that  no  sound  foot  requires  a  wide  shoe 
merely  as  "  cover"  or  protection  for  the  sole.  Defective 
soles  may  sometimes  require  protection,  but  sound  ones 
never,  and  we  may  therefore  put  aside  entirely  all  claims 
made  for  width  of  shoe  under  pretence  that  it  gives  a 
valuable  protection  to  the  foot.  A  shoe  should  be  as 
wide  as  the  natural  bearing  surface  of  the  foot,  so  that 
it  may  occupy  the  whole  of  the  space  offered  by  nature 
as  useful  for  bearing.  Even  when  it  is  wider  no  harm  is 
done  UQtil  the  width  is  such  as  to  afford  a  lodgement  for 
stones,  etc.,  between  the  concave  sole  and  the  web  of  the 
shoe. 

A  thick  shoe  raises  the  foot  from  the  ground  and 
thus  removes  the  frog  from  bearing — a  very  decided 
disadvantage.  It  also  requires  the  larger  sizes  of  nails 
to  fill  up  the  deep  nail  holes,  and  very  often  renders  the 
direction  of  the  nail  holes  a  matter  of  some  difficulty. 

The  width  of  a  shoe  may  beneficially  vary.  It  should 
be  widest  at  the  toe,  to  afford  increased  surface  of  iron 
where  wear  is  greatest.  It  should  be  narrowest  at  the 
heels,  so  as  not  to  infringe  upon  the  frog,  nor  yet  to 
protrude  greatly  beyond  the  level  of  the  wall.  The 
thickness  of  a  shoe  should  not  vary,  unless,  perhaps,  it 
be  reduced  in  the  quarters.  Heel  and  toe  should  be  of 
the  same  thickness,  so  as  to  preserve  a  level  bearing. 
Excess  of  thickness  at  the  toes  puts  a  strain  on  the  back 
tendons,  whilst  excess  at  the  heels  tends  to  straighten 
the  pastern. 

The  Surface  of  Shoes. — There  are  two  surfaces 
of  the  shoe  which  claim  attention,  one  which  is  applied 
to  the  foot,  and  another  which  rests  on  the  ground.  The 
form  of  these  surfaces  may  be  varied  greatly,  but  of 
course  the  foot-surface  presents  much  less  necessity  and 
less  opportunity  for  alterations  than  the  ground  surface. 
The  foot-surface  of  a  shoe  must  be  formed  in  accordance 
with  the  requirements  of  the  horse's  foot,  and  no  other 


64  THE    ART    OF    HORSESHOEING. 

consideration  should  be  allowed  to  materially  modify  it. 
The  ground-surface  may  be  altered  to  suit  the  tastes  and 
prejudices  of  the  owner  as  well  as  the  requirements  of 
the  horse  and  the  peculiarity  of  roadways. 

The  Foot-Surface. — It  is  quite  obvious  that  the 
surface  of  the  shoe  upon  which  the  hoof  has  to  rest  should 
be  regular  and  even  ;  that  it  should  not  consist  of  hills 
and  holes  and  grooves  and  ridges.  I  should  not  have 
mentioned  such  a  very  evident  matter,  but  that  in  large 
towns,  the  cheaper  and  poorer  classes  of  shoeing  com- 


Fig-  37— A  level,  flat  bea:ing-surface. 

monly  possess  this  very  fault.  When  shoes  are  made 
from  thin,  wide,  old  iron  tyres  they  are  "buckled"  on 
one  surface,  and  to  hide  this  the  farrier  puts  that  side  to 
the  foot  so  that  it  is  not  noticed  until  it  causes  damage. 
There  are  three  or  four  forms  of  foot-surface  adopted  by 
farriers,  all  of  which  have  distinctive  features,  and  sonie 
of  which  have  very  grave  evils.  There  is  the  plain  flat 
surface,  which  is  given  to  all  narrow  shoes,  to  hunting 
shoes,  and  to  some  heavier  and  wider  shoes.  So  long  as 
the  sole  is  healthy  and  arched  this  is  a  very  good  form. 
All  hind  shoes  have  a  fiat  foot-surface, '  and  most  fore 
shoes  might  have  it  with  advantage.  It  utilizes  the  whole 
of  the  natural  bearing    surface,    and  must    of    necessity 


THE  FORM  AND  MANUFACTURE  OF  SHOES    65 

afford  a  firmer  basis  for  the  foot  to  rest  upon  than  a  more 
hmited  surface.  The  fore  feet  are  not  so  constantly 
arched  in  the  soles  as  the  hind.  Sometimes  they  are  flat, 
and  occasionally  convex.  If  a  shoe  be  intended  for  use  on 
all  feet — on  feet  with  convex  and  flat  soles  as  well  as 
those  properly  formed — a  wide  flat  foot  surface  would 
often  cause  injury  by  pressing  unevenly  upon  the  sole. 
To  avoid  this  injury  in  less  than  five  per  cent,  of  feet, 
and  to  save  the  trouble  of  keeping  in  stock  shoes  of 
different  forms,  the  fiat  foot-surface  of  front  shoes  has 
been  replaced  by  a  bevelled  or  "seated"  surface. 
(Fig.  38.) 


Fig.  38. — A  "seated"  bearing-surface. 

This  form  is  very  widely  used.  It  consists  of  a  narrow 
flat  surface  next  the  outer  circumference  of  the  shoe, 
about  equal  in  width  to  the  border  of  the  wall ;  and 
within  that,  of  a  bevelled  surface,  sloped  off  so  as  to 
avoid  any  pressure  on  a  flat  sole.  This  "  seated  "'  surface 
is  not  positively  injurious,  but  it  limits  the  bearing  to 
the  wall,  and  neglects  to  utilize  the  additional  bearing 
surface  offered  by  the  border  of  the  sole.  If  shoes  were 
to  be  made  all  alike  no  shoe  is  so  generally  useful  and 
safe  as  one  with  a  foot  surface  of  this  form,  but  it  is 
evident  that  when  the  sole  of  the  foot  is  concave  there  is 


66  THE     ART    OF     HORSE-SHOEINC. 


nothing  gained  by  making   half   the  foot  surface  of  the 
shoe  also  concave. 


Fig-  39— Foot-surface  sloped  outwards. 

There  are  two  other  forms  of  foot-surface  on  shoes. 
In  one  the  surface  slopes  gradually  from  the  outer  to  the 
inner  edge  of  the  shoe,  like  the  side  of  a  saucer.  In  the 
other  the  incline  is  reversed  and  runs  from  the  inner  edge 
downwards  to  the  outer.  The  last  form  is  not  often  used, 
and  was  invented  with  the  object  of  spreading  or  widen- 
ing the  foot  to  which  it  was  attached.  The  inventor 
seemed  think  that  contraction  of  a  foot  was  an  active 
condition  to  be  overcome  by  force,  and  that  expansion 
might  be  properly  effected  by  a  plan  of  constantly  forcing 
apart  the  two  sides  of  the  foot.  The  usual  result  of 
wearing  such  a  shoe  is  lameness,  and  it  achieves  no  good 
which  cannot  be  as  well  reached  by  simply  letting  the 
foot  alone. 

The  foot-surface  which  inclines  downwards  and  in- 
wards like  a  saucer,  acts  in  an  exactly  opposite  way  to  the 
other.  The  wall  cannot  rest  on  the  outer  edge  of  the 
shoe,  and  consequently  falls  within  it,  the  effect  being 
that  at  every  step  the  horse's  foot  is  compressed  by  the 
saucer  shaped  bearing.  This  form  of  surface  (Fig.  40)  is 
frequently  seen,  and  is  at  all  times  bad  and  unnecessary. 
Even  when  making  a  shoe  for  the  most  convex  sole,  it  is 


The  form  and  manufacture  of  shoes   67 


possible  to  leave  an  outer    bearing    surface,  narrow  but 
level,  which  will  sustain  weight  without  squeezing  the  foot. 


Fig.  40. — Foot-surface  sloped  inwards. 

At  the  heels,  the  foot-surface  of  all  shoes  should  be 
fiat — not  seated — so  that  a  firm  bearing  may  be  obtained 
on  the  wall  and  the  extremity  of  the  bar.     No   foot  is 


Fig.  41.  — Foot-surface  level  at  Heels. 


convex  at  the  heels,  therefore  there  is  no  excuse  for  losing 
any  bearmg  surface  by  seating  the  heels  of  a  shoe  to 
avoid  uneven  pressure.  Fig.  41  rather  exaggerates  the 
"  unseated  "  portion  of  shoe. 


68  THE     ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

The  Ground-Surface.  x\s  I  have  said,  this  may  vary 
indefinitely.  Sometimes  it  is  a  plain,  fiat  surface,  broken 
only  by  the  holes  made  for  nails  or  by  the  "  fullering  " 
which  affords  not  only  space  for  the  nails,  but  some  grip 
on  the  ground.     When  a  shoe  is  fullered,  the  groove  made 


Fig.  42. — Shoe  showing  portion  at  toe  unfullered. 

should  be  deep,  so  as  to  let  the  nailhead  well  down,  and 
wide,  so  as  to  afford  room  for  giving  the  nail  a  proper 
direction.     If  the  fullering  be  continued  round  the  toe  of 


I""'g-  43  —Concave  ground-surface. 


THE  FORM  AND  MANUFACTURE  OF  SHOES    69 

a  shoe  by  a  good  workman,  neatness  is  given,  but  when  a 
chp  is  drawn,  the  iron  is  so  reduced  that  some  wear  is 
sacrificed.  If  only  an  inch  at  the  toe  be  unfuUered,  the  sohd 
iron  affords  more  wear  just  where  it  is  wanted.     (Fig.  42.) 

The  concave  shoe,  often  described  as  a  hunting  shoe, 
presents  a  very  different  ground-surface  from  that  just 
referred  to.  It  rests  upon  two  ridges  with  the  fullering 
between,  and  on  the  inner  side  of  these  the  iron  is  sud- 
denly sloped  off.  (Fig.  43.)  This  shoe  is  narrow  and  flat 
on  the  foot-surface,  and  is  specially  formed  to  give  a  good 
foot-hold  and  to  be  secure  on  the  hoof. 

A  Rodway  shoe  has  two  parallel  grooves  and  three 
ridges  on  its  ground-surface.     The  outer  groove  carries 


Fig.   44. — Double-grooved   ground-surface.     (Rodway.) 

the  nails,  and  the  inner  groove  lightens  the  shoe  and  in- 
creases the  foot-hold.  It  is  not  the  number  of  grooves  or 
ridges  that  prevents  slipping ;  it  is  the  absence  of  a 
continuous  fiat  surface  of  iron,  and  the  existence  of 
irregularities  which  become  filled  up  with  sand  and  grit. 
A  four-grooved  shoe  has  no  more  anti-slippiug  properties 
than  a  three-grooved,  and  a  one -grooved  shoe  is  as  good 
as  either,  although  it  cannot  stand  the  same  amount  of 
wear. 


70  THE    ART    OF     HORSE-SHOEING. 

Transverse  ridges  and  notches  have  also  been  tried  as 
ground- surfaces  for  shoes,  but  offer  very  Httle,  if  any, 
better  grip  than  the  longitudinal  grooves.  Their  great 
disadvantage  is  that  they  cannot  be  made  deep  enough 
without  weakening  the  shoe,  whilst,  if  shallow,  they  are 
worn  out  before  the  shoe  has  been  lon<j;  in  wear. 


Fig-  45- — Ground-surfaces,  notches,  projections,  ridges. 

A  Calkin  is  the  name  given  to  the  extremity  of  a  shoe 
when  turned  down  at  the  heels.  Calkins  are  used  on 
most  hind  shoes  and,  in  some  parts  of  the  country,  on 
fore  shoes.  They  are  supposed  to  be  the  most  convenient 
and  effective  means  of  giving  good  foot-hold.  This  sup- 
position is  correct  when  a  horse  travels  on  soft  ground 
or  on  streets  so  paved  that  a  space  is  left  between  each 
course  of  stones.  They  are  of  very  little  use  on  asphalt 
or  wood  pavement  and  not  much  more  use  on  roller- 
made  macadam.  With  light,  modern  carriages  and  level 
modern  roads,  calkins  are  quite  unnecessary,  and  better 
mean  of  giving  foot-hold  may  be  substituted.  It  is  a 
fact  that  horses,  when  shoes  are  new  and  calkins  prom- 
inent, do  their  work  without  slipping,  and  that  when  the 
calkins  are  worn  down,  the  horse  moves  with  less  con- 
fidence and  security.     This  does  not  prove  that  calkins 


THE  FORM  AND  MANUFACTURE  OF  SHOES    71 


are  necessary.  It  must  be  remembered  that  horses 
possess  a  power  of  adapting  themselves  to  circmnstances, 
but  having  learned  to  rely  upon  any  artificial  assistance, 
they  are  the  more  helpless,  for  a  time,  on  its  withdrawal. 
Calkins  assist  the  horse  for  a  time,  but  after  the  calkin 
is  worn  down,  the  horse  is  in  a  worse  position  than  if  he 
had  never  become  accustomed  to  its  assistance.  Of  course, 
on  soft  ground,  especially  grass,  calkins  afford  a  firmer 
grip  than  any  other  contrivance.  On  the  other  hand, 
their  constant  use  lifts  the  frog  out  of  bearing  and  causes 
it  to  waste,  thus  spoiling  the  action  of  the  natural  provision 
against  slipping.  Level  shoes  on  the  hind  feet  promote 
sound,  prominent  frogs,  and  give  firm  foothold  for  all  light 
horses.  Even  omnibus  horses,  now  that  the  vehicles  are 
supplied  with  effective  foot-brakes,  may  advantageously  be 
worked  without  calkins.  On  country  roads,  especially 
when  the  district  is  hilly  or  the  load  is  heavy,  calkins  may 
be  requisite,  and  must  then  be  made  to  do  as  little  harm 
as  possible. 


(a) 


(h) 


(c) 

Fig.  46. — The  dotted  lines  show  the  effect  of  wear  and 
its  relation  to  the  shape  of  the  shoe. 

The  wear  of  a  shoe  is  affected  by  the  height  of  a  calkin. 
The  more  the  heel  is  raised  the  greater  the  amount  of 
wear  at  the  toe.  Many  shoes  when  worn  out  at  the  toe 
show  very  little  effects  of  wear  at  other  parts,  and  the 
question  arises  how  best  to  increase  the  wear  of  the  shoe 
without  increasing  its  weight.    In  Fig.  46,  three  diagrams 


n 


THE     ART    OF    HORSESHOEING. 


are  presented,  in  which  dotted  Hnes  show  the  effect  of 
wear.  At  {a)  the  shoe  is  of  even  thickness  throughout — 
from  heel  to  toe — and  the  Hne  of  wear  shows  that  when 
the  shoe  is  worn  out  a  great  amount  of  iron  remains.  At 
(b)  the  quarters  of  the  shoe  are  made  thinner  and  the  toe 
is  made  thicker,  so  that  with  no  increase  of  weight  but  by 
abetter  distribution  of  the  iron,  increased  wear  is  provided 
for  at  the  part  where  it  is  most  required.  At  (c)  is  shown 
a  shoe  simihar  in  form  to  that  at  (b)  but  differently  fitted. 
The  toe  is  turned  slightly  upwards,  and  the  result  is  that 
a  larger  portion  of  iron  is  brought  into  wear.  In  the  case 
of  very  hard-wearing  horses,  that  scrape  out  the  toe  of  the 
ordinary  shoe  in  ten  or  fourteen  days,  this  form  of  fitting 
adds  considerably  to  the  durability  of  the  shoe,  and  so 
preserves  the  foot  from  the  evil  of  too  frequent  removal 
of  shoes,  whilst  avoiding  any  increase  of  weight.  With- 
out calkins,  wear  is  more  evenly  distributed,  and  the  toe  is 
not  worn  away  disproportionately  to  the  rest  of  the  shoe. 


Fig.  47.— Two  calkins— the  low  square  one  preferable. 

A  calkin  throws  the  leg  and  foot  to  some  extent  out  of 
their  proper  position.  A  very  high  calkin  is  not  only 
objectionable,  it  is  unnecessary.  Not  much  prominence 
is  required  to  afford  a  catch  or  stop.  Excessive  height  is 
usually  given  to  meet  wear,  and  this  can  be  obtained 
equally  well  l)y  increasing  the  width  and  breadth.  I, 
therefore,  reconnnend  that  wJien  calkins  are  used,  they 
should  be  low,  square  and  broad.  The  further  under  a 
foot  the  calkin  is  placed,  the  greater  is  the  raising  of  the 
heel,  therefore  calkins  should  always  be  accompanied  by 
a  long  shoe.  The  further  back  a  calkin  is  placed,  the  less 
it  interferes  with  the  natural  position  of  the  foot. 


THE  FORM  AND  MANUFACTURE  OF  SHOES    73 

Calkins  render  a  horse  liable  to  tread  the  opposite  foot, 
and  the  higher  and  sharper  the  calkin,  the  greater  the 
injury  inflicted.  To  avoid  this  injury,  the  inner  heel  of  a 
shoe  frequently  has  no  calkin,  but  is  made  at  the  same 
level  as  the  outer  by  narrowing  and  raising  the  iron  at  the 
heel,  forming  what  is  called  a  wedge  heel.  This  is  not  an 
advisable  form  of  shoe,  as  it  has  on  the  inner  heel  a  skate- 
shaped  formation,  most  favourable  to  slipping,  and  on  the 
outer  a  catch — an  arrangement  tending  to  twist  the  foot 
each  time  the  catch  takes  hold  of  the  ground.  If  calkins 
are  used  at  all,  they  should  be  of  equal  height  and  on  both 
heels  of  the  shoe. 

In  Scotland  and  in  the  North  of  England,  heavy  horses 
are  shod,  fore  and  hind,  not  only  with  calkins,  but  also 
with  toe-pieces,  and  the  owners  assert  that  the  horses 
could  not  do  the  work  without  them.  That  horses  do 
similar  work  in  the  South  without  calkins  and  toe-pieces 
rather  shakes  one's  faith  in  the  assertion,  but  it  must  be 
remembered  that  nearly  all  paved  streets  in  the  North  have 
a  division  left  between  the  rows  of  stones  in  which  the  toe- 
piece  finds  a  firm  resisting  surface.  I  believe  also  that  the 
average  load  drawn  is  greater  in  the  North  than  in  the 
South.  One  thing  in  favour  of  toe-pieces  must  be  ac- 
knowledged— they,  with  the  calkins,  restore  the  natural 
position  of  the  foot  and  preserve  the  level  of  the  shoe.  On 
the  larger  draught  horses,  the  toe-pieces  permit  a  lighter 
shoe  to  be  used,  as  the  portion  of  iron  between  heels  and 
toe  need  not  be  thick  to  resist  wear.  It  only  requires  to 
be  strong  enough  to  support  weight,  and  much  less  iron  is 
therefore  used. 

The  heavy  dray  horse  of  the  North,  shod  with  toe-pieces 
and  calkins,  is  never  worked  at  a  trot.  In  London,  all 
horses  are  trotted — a  proceeding  which  leflects  discredit 
upon  the  intelligence  of  the  managers. 

I  must  mention  another  objection  to  calkins.  They  in- 
crease the  tendency  to  "cut,"  and  many  horses  will  cease 
"  cutting"  after  calkins  are  removed  and  a  level  shoe  has 
been  adopted. 


74 


THE     ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING 


Nails  and  Nail-Holes. — It  is  necessary  to  consider 
these  together,  as  they  are  dependent  on  each  other.  Shoes 
were  first  nailed  to  the  feet  by  flatheaded  nails,  and  prob 
ably  it  was  a  long  time  before  the  wedge -headed  nail  was 
thought  of.  When  the  nail  head  fits  into  the  nail  hole,  it 
may  retain  the  shoe  till  it  is  worn  as  thin  as  a  penny,  but 
if  only  the  shank  of  the  nail  enters  the  shoe,  the  head  is 
soon  worn  off  and  the  shoe  becomes  loose.  Within  the 
last  twenty  years  the  horse- shoe  nail  trade  has  been  revolu- 
tionized by  the  introduction  of  machinery.  Machine-made 
nails  are  now  almost  entirely  used,  and  the  three  or  four 
leading  brands  are  as  near  perfection  as  were  the  very  best 
hand  made.  Practically  there  is  no  fault  to  find  with 
them,  and  as  they  are  ready-pointed  for  driving,  they  save 
time  and  labour  in  the  forge.  They  are  made  in  various 
sizes,  and  numbered  from  2  to  16.  Only  the  very  best 
iron  can  be  used  to  produce  good  nails.  Nothing  is  dearer 
than  bad  nails,  which  cause  injury  to  the  foot  and  loss  of 
shoes. 

A  good  nail  should  present  certain  forms  of  head,  neck 
and  shank.  The  head  should  not  be  too  broad  at  the  top 
or  it  may  become  fixed  in  the  nail-hole  only  by  its  upper 


Fig. 


-Good  and  bad  nail-holes. 


edge,  as  shown  in  the  middle  diagram  (Fig.  48),  and  when 
the  shoe  has  had  a  few  days'  wear,  the  nail  loses  its  hold, 
and  the  shoe  is  loose.  The  neck  should  not  be  too  thick, 
as  it  is  then  liable  to  press  on  the  sensitive  foot  or  to  break 
the  wall.  The  shank  should  not  be  too  wide  or  too  thick. 
The  point  should  not  be  too  long  or  too  tapered,  as  this 
leaves  insufficient  metal  to  form  a  good  clinch. 


THE  FORM  AND  MANUFACTURE  OF  SHOES    75 

There  are  two  methods  of  putting  nail-holes  into  shoes 
— by  "  fullering"  and  by  "  stamping."  A  stamped  shoe 
is  one  in  which  the  nail-holes  are  merely  punched  at  certain 
distances,  so  as  to  leave  four-sided  tapered  holes  of  the 
exact  shape  of  a  nail-head.  A  fullered  shoe  is  one  having 
a  groove  round  the  circumference  through  which  the  nail- 
holes  are  punched.  Both  processes,  when  well  done, 
admit  of  nails  being  driven  in  the  hoof  with  equal  safety 
and  ease. 

Whether  stamped  or  fullered,  there  are  a  few  more 
important  points  to  remember  about  the  nail-holes.  The 
wall  is  not  of  the  same  thickness  throughout,  but  becomes 
thinner  towards  the  heels.  The  inner  side  of  the  foot  is 
also  somewhat  thinner  and  more  upright  than  the  outer. 
The  safest  position,  then,  for  the  nails  is  in  the  front  half 
of  the  foot,  but  should  this  position  not  present  sound 
horn,  they  may  be  placed  further  back.  The  danger  of 
placing  nails  near  the  heels  is  due  entirely  to  the  greater 
risk  in  driving  them  through  the  thin  horn.  There  need 
be  no  fear  of  interfering  with  expansion. 

The  distance  of  the  nail-holes  from  the  outer  edge  of 
the  shoe  should  depend  upon  the  thickness  of  the  horn  of 
the  wall,  and  therefore  be  greater  in  large  shoes  than  in 
smaller,  and  greater  at  the  toe  than  at  the  heels  of  the 
same  shoe.  When  the  nail-holes  are  all  near  to  the  cir- 
cumference of  the  shoe  (Fig.  49  b)  they  are  described  as 
"fine";  when  they  are  all  placed  far  from  the  edge 
(Fig.  49  A)  they  are  called  "  coarse."  When  the  nail-holes 
are  too  "  fine,"  a  nail  is  liable  to  split  the  horn,  and  has 
to  be  driven  high  up  in  the  wall  to  obtain  a  firm  hold. 
When  the  nail-holes  are  too  "  coarse,"  the  nail  in  driving 
goes  dangerously  near  the  sensitive  foot.  The  evils  of 
coarse  and  fine  nailing  depend  a  great  deal  upon  the 
method  of  fitting  the  shoes.  When  shoes  are  fitted  full 
to  the  foot  (when  the  outer  circumference  of  the  shoe  is 
greater  than  the  circumference  of  the  wall)  "  coarse  "  nail- 
holes  are  brought  to  about  their  best  position.  When 
shoes  are  fitted  close  {i.e.,  when  their  outer  edge  is  brought 


76 


THE    ART     OF     HORSE-SHOEING. 


within  the  border  of  the  wall)  "fine"  nail- holes  are 
brought  to  their  best  positions  in  relation  to  the  foot.  It 
need  hardly  be  added  that  the  fit  of  a  shoe  ouoht  not  to  be 
subject  to  the  position  of  the  nail-holes,  but  that  these 
should  be  properly  placed,  so  that  fitting  be  guided  only 
by  the  requirements  of  the  foot. 


Fig.  49.— Wrongly  placed  Nail-holes   (A    too  coarse,  B   too  fine). 

Each  nail-hole,  when  properly  placed — neither  too 
coarse  nor  too  fine — should  be  punched  straight  through 
the  shoe  and  not  inclined  either  inwards  or  outwards, 
except  at  the  toe,  where  the  slope  of  the  wall  is  followed 
by  slightly  pitching  in.  AVhen  a  fuller  is  used,  the  groove 
made  should  be  wide  ;  then  the  farrier  has  more  connnand 
over  the  direction  of  the  nail.  If  the  nail-hole  be  much 
pitched  in,  the  nail  must  take  that  direction  and  is  liable 
to  wound  the  foot.  If  the  nail-hole  be  pitched  out,  the 
nail  is  prevented  from  taking  sufhcient  hold  of  the  horn. 

The  position  and  direction  of  the  nail-hole  controls 
the  passage  of  a  nail  through  a  shoe  and  into  the  hoof. 
The  man  who  drives  a  nail  is  usually  blamed  for  laming 
a  horse,  but  in  most  cases  it  would  be  more  just  to  blame 


THE  FORM  AND  MANUFACTURE  OF  SHOES     77 


the  man  who  makes  the  nail-holes  or  fitted  the  shoe  and 
so  rendered  safe  drivino-  difficult  or  impossible. 


Fig.    50. —Nail-holes    "pitched"    in    and    out. 

Each  nail-hole  should  be  as  far  as  possible  from  the 
other — say,  from  an  inch  to  an  inch  and  a  half  apart. 
When  the  two  front  or  toe  nail-holes  are  put  too  far  back, 
the  whole  are  crowded,  or  the  last  are  pushed  back  too 
near  the  heels. 

For  small  shoes,  four  or  five  nail-holes  are  sufficient. 
Medium-sized  shoes  should  have  from  five  to  seven,  and 
the  heavy  shoes  of  big  draught  horses  must  have  eight. 
The  number  of  nail-holes  need  not  always  be  increased  in 
proportion  to  the  size  of  the  shoe,  because  as  the  weight 
of  shoe  is  increased,  so  is  the  size  of  the  nail,  and  an 
extra  strong  nail  may  take  the  place  of  additional  ones. 
The  fewer  nails  in  a  foot  the  better,  but  as  a  properly- 
placed  nail  does  no  harm,  and  as  the  loss  of  a  shoe  may 
be  very  serious,  it  is  better  to  have  one  too  many  than 
one  too  few. 

Machine-made  Shoes. — Horse -shoeing  is  distinctly 
an  art  requiring  special  skill  for  its  proper  performance.  It 
is  also  one  of  the  most  laborious  of  all  skilled  trades. 
Anything  which  lightens  mechanical  toil  tends  to  im- 
prove the  mental  and  artistic  qualities  of  the  workman, 
and  all  applications  of  machinery  which  lessen  the  heavy 
manual  labour  of  the  farrier  may  therefore  be  looked  upon 
as  improvements.  Machinery  has  lightened  the  labour 
of  shoe-making  in  two  ways — by  supplying  various  pat- 
terns of  grooved  and  bevelled  iron  in  bars,  which  only 


78 


THE    ART     OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 


require  cutting  into  lengths  and  turning  round  to  form  a 
shoe,  and  also  by  making  shoes  all  ready  to  be  fitted  to 
the  foot.  Machinery  has  not  yet  turned  out  a  shoe  as 
good  and  durable  and  well  finished  as  the  best  workman 
can  produce  by  hand,  but  it  can  produce  many  forms  of 
shoes  as  good  for  all  practical  purposes,  and  it  has  this 


Fig.  51. — Machine-made  Shoe — Fore-foot. 

advantage — all    are    alike.       Bad    workmen    make    bad 
shoes,  but  a  machine,  once  able  to  produce  a  good  model, 


Fig.  52.— Machine-made   Shoe— Hind-foot. 

can  repeat  it  exactly,   therefore  machine-made  shoes  of  a 
I)roper  pattern  are  superior  to  all  but  the  very  best  hand- 


THE  FORM  AND  MANUFACTURE  OF  SHOES     79 

made  shoes.  Economy,  of  course,  is  on  the  side  of  the 
article  produced  by  machinery,  and  all  large  firms  keep- 
ing their  own  farriers  find  a  great  saving  by  buying  the 
ready-made  shoes.  Under  conditions  when  shoes  must 
be  fitted  without  a  fire,  as  in  coal  mines,  or  in  the  case  of 
armies  during  a  campaign,  the  machine-made  article  has 
the  advantages  of  regularity  of  form  and  a  true  level 
bearing  surface. 


\\ 


\ 


\ 


Pig-  53- — Sections   of  rolled  bar  iron. 


In  little  shops  where  often  only  one  man  is  at  work, 
either  machine-made  shoes  or  prepared  bar  iron  offer 
great  conveniences.  The  prepared  bars  can  be  bought 
seated  on  the  foot-surface  and  with  a  single  or  double 
groove  on  the  ground-surface.  Very  narrow  bars  suit- 
able for  tips,  "  Charlier,"  or  light  hack  shoes  are  now 
widely  used,  and  a  special  bar — flat  on  the  foot-surface, 
concave  to  the  ground — can  be  obtained  which  only 
requires  cutting  into  lengths  and  turning  round  to  form 
a  first-class  hunting  shoe. 


Fig.  54. — Section  of  light  pattern  bar  iron. 

Both  prepared  bars  and  machine-made  shoes  must  be 
judged  by  their  form  and  by  the  material  used  in  their 
manufacture.  Some  are  better  than  others,  but  all  have 
to  contend  with  a  large  amount  of  trade  prejudice  which 
has  little  basis,  except  in  the  matter  of  the  hind  shoes ; 
here  machinery  has  not  yet  reached  perfection. 


80  THE     ART     OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 


Chapter  VI. 
Selection  of   Shoes. 

In  practice,  a  farrier  is  too  seldom  consulted  about  the 
form  of  shoe  most  suitable  for  the  horse.  The  custom  is  to 
apply  whatever  form  the  horse  has  been  wearing,  and 
only  to  venture  an  opinion  as  to  alterations  when  asked  by 
the  owner.  It  would  be  foolish  to  alter  the  plan  of  shoe- 
ing which  was  found  suitable  and  satisfactory,  unless  for 
very  good  reason.  It  is  equally  foolish  for  a  man  who 
knows  nothing  about  the  art  to  send  orders  to  the  farrier 
and  to  treat  disobedience  of  these  orders  as  a  crime  rank- 
ing between  heresy  and  revolution.  In  a  large  majority 
of  cases  the  farrier  knows  more  about  the  shoe  and 
shoeing  than  the  owner  of  a  horse,  and  for  the  more 
ignorant  man  to  order  the  other  is  simply  an  exhibition  of 
conceit. 

When  the  selection  of  a  suitable  shoe  is  left  to  the 
workman,  he  takes  into  consideration  the  work  required 
of  the  horse,  the  form  of  the  feet  and  the  wear  of  the  old 
shoes.  The  old  shoes  indicate  not  only  whether  a  horse 
is  a  light  or  heavy  wearer,  but  what  parts  of  the  shoe 
are  most  worn,  and  thus  enable  provision  to  be  made 
against  excessive  or  irregular  wear.  The  form  of  the  feet 
shows  not  only  what  size  of  shoe  is  requisite,  but  also 
what  special  weakness  or  strength  is  to  be  encountered. 
It  is  also  necessary  to  note  the  condition  of  the  fetlocks, 
heels  and  knees,  which  may  show  signs  of  "  brushing," 
"over-reaching,"  or  "speedy-cutting."  According  to  all 
these  indications,  a  shoe  is  selected  suitable  for  the  horse 
and  the  kind  of  work  on  which  he  is  employed. 

For  the  different  classes  of  horses  there  are  well- 
known  forms  of  shoe  which  present  some  special  advan- 
tages : — 


SELECTION     OF    SHOES. 


81 


The  Race  Horse,  when  in  training,  may  be  shod  with 
a  very  hght  shoe,  but  on  the  turf  he  requires  the  Ughtest 
contrivance  capable  of  protecting  the  hoof  and  affording 
good  foot-hold.  The  orduiary  racing  plate  answers  these 
requirements.  It  may  be  made  in  a  "crease"  or  from 
specially  prepared  bars  which  are  already  grooved  and  only 
require  cutting  into  lengths  and  turning  round.  The 
plate  is  about  one-third  of  an  inch  wide  by  one-eighth 
thick.  The  foot-surface  is  liat,  the  ground-surface 
fullered  and  concave.  The  best  bars  are  made  of  mild 
steel. 


fig-  55- — Racing  Plates — Fore  and   Hind. 

The  front  plates  are  fitted  close  and  short  so  as  to  avoid 
any  chance  of  contact  with  the  other  feet.  The  nails  are 
very  small  and  may  be  placed  further  back  than  usual,  so 
as  to  increase  the  security  of  the  shoe.  The  hind  shoes 
may  be  turned  down  at  the  heels  to  form  two  small 
calkins  or,  if  it  be  preferred,  only  one  on  the  outside. 


Steeple-Chase  plates  are  made  on  the  same  pattern 
but  stronger,  so  as  to  avoid  the  possibility  of  becoming 
twisted  through  contact  with  obstacles  on  the  course. 


82  THE    ART     OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

Hunting  Shoes  must  have  sufficient  strength  to  wear 
three  weeks  or  a  month.  They  must  be  secure  on  the 
foot,  afford  good  foot  hold,    and    not  interfere  witli  the 


Fig.  56.  — Hunting   Shoe— Fore. 


I^ig-  57' — Hunting   Shoe— Hind. 

other  feet  or  Hmbs  of  the  horse,  when  galloping  or  jump- 
ing. The  best  form  for  both  fore  and  hind  shoes  is  the 
narrow,  concave  pattern  almost  universally  employed  in 
liunting  districts.  It  is  flat  on  the  foot  surface  and  so 
affords  no  lodgment  for  stones  between  it  and  the  sole. 


SELECTION     OF     SHOES. 


83 


The  front  shoe  is  fullered  and  concave  on  the  ground- 
surface,  attached  with  six  nails,  and  supplied  with  a 
toe-clip.  It  is  fitted  close  and  short.  Often  hunters' 
shoes  are  too  short  and  the  heels  are  filed  off  to  a  point, 
almost  like  a  lead  pencil.  If  the  shoe  is  fitted  close  and 
an  eighth  of  an  inch  shorter  than  the  bearing- surface, 
nothing  more  is  desirable.    If,  also,  the  points  of  the  heels 


Fig.  58.— Hunting   Shoe   (Hind) — another  form. 


be  filed  to  a  slope  equal  to  that  of  the  heels  of  the  foot, 
perfect  safety  is  attained,  with  the  best  bearing-surface. 
The  hind  shoe  is  also  fullered  and  concave  on  the  ground- 
surface.  Unless  the  horse  is  guilty  of  "brushing,"  the 
shoe  may  have  two  small  square  calkins.  To  guard 
against  over-reaching  the  heel  of  the  front  foot,  the  con- 
cave form  is  almost  sufficient ;  but  sometimes  horses  in 
jumping  hit  the  back  tendon  of  a  fore  leg  with  the  toe  of 
the  hind  shoe.  To  ensure  the  greatest  safety  the  hind 
toe  of  a  hunting  shoe  should  be  rounded  and  supplied 
with  two  toe-clips.  (Fig.  57.)  A  very  convenient  bar  iron  is 
now  sold,  rounded  on  its  upper  surface.  This  only  requires 
fullering  at  the  sides,  leaving  the  toe  untouched,  to  make  a 
perfect  shoe  for  hunters. 


84  THE    ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEINC. 

Hacks,  bein}4'  used  on  bard  roads,  must  have  heavier 
shoes  than  hunters,  but  the  shape  may  be  similar.  There 
is  not  the  same  necessity  for  the  concave  form  in  front,  so 
a  narrov^,  double-grooved  (Rod way)  shoe  may  be  employed. 


Fig.  59. — Hack  Shoe — Fore. 


Fig.  60. -Hack  Shoe— Hind. 


There  is  not  the  same  danger  of  over-reach  so  a  wider  fiat 
shoe  may  be  used  on  the  hind  feet  and  the  clip  may  be  at 
the  toe.  For  ordinary  riding  purposes  a  horse  does  not 
require  extraordinary   precautions  against  the  fore  shoe 


Selection  of  shoes 


85 


being  struck  or  torn  off  by  the  hind,  and  therefore  hack- 
shoes  may  be  fitted  longer  and  the  heels  be  cut  off  at  a 
more  abrupt  angle.  On  hard  roads  calkins  do  not  take  the 
hold  they  do  on  grass,  and  so  there  is  no  special  necessity 
for  calkins  on  the  hind  shoes  of  hacks.  I  think  the 
square-toed  hind  shoe  looks  neat  on  a  hack  but  it  should 
not  be  used  if  the  horse  "  brushes."     (Fig.  60.) 

Carriage  Horses.  The  narrow,  light  shoes  we  have 
been  describing  do  not  afford  sufticient  wear  for  carriage 
work.  For  front  shoes  there  is  no  better  form  than  the 
double-grooved  shoe  known  as  "  Kodway's."  The  grooves 
are  rolled  in  the  bar  and  it  is,  therefore,  easy  for  a  farrier 
to  make  the  shoe  single-handed  or  merely  with  the 
assistance  of  a  boy.  This  shoe  affords  good  foot-hold,  is 
light  and  durable.  The  foot-surface  is  seated  and  there- 
fore it  may  be  safely  used  on  fiat  feet. 


Fig.  6i.— Carriage— Fore   Shoe— Rodway. 


Carriage  horses  need  have  no  calkins  on  hind  shoes 
unless  used  in  heavy  vehicles.  When  calkins  are  used,  one 
on  each  heel  is  best.  The  clip  should  be  at  the  toe  and  if 
there  is  a  tendency  for  the  shoe  to  shift  its  position,  owing 
to  the  peculiar  action  of  the  horse,  a  quarter-clip  may  be 


86  THE    ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

drawn  on  the  outside.     This  is  seldom  wanted  and  always 
ugly.       When  calkins    are    used    there  is  no  reason  for 


Fig.  62.— Carriage — Fore  Shoe. 


Fig.  63.— Carriage  -Hind    Shoe. 


fullering  a  hind  shoe,  and  the  nail-holes  may  then  be 
stamped — a  process  easier  to  do  and  affording  a  little  more 
wear  in  the  shoe. 


SELECTION     OF    SHOES. 


87 


Strength  to  resist  wear 


Omnibus  and  Van  Horses 

is  the  chief  feature  of  this  class  of  shoe.    A  shoe  too  heavy 
is,  of  course,  an  evil  as  it  tends  to  produce  leg-weariness. 


Fig.  64. — Omnibus — Stamped   Fore   Shoe. 


Fig.  65.— Omnibus— Hind   Shoe. 

A  shoe  too  light  is  also  an  evil  as  it  wears  out  in  a  few 
days,  and  the  frequent  repetition  of  shoeing  damages  the 
hoof.  Horses  show  immense  variations  in  the  wear  of 
shoes,  due  to  their  different  forms  of  action.  A  shoe 
which  will  last  three  or  four  weeks  on  the  majority  of  a 
stud  of  horses,  doing  similar  work,  will  be  scraped  out  in 


88  THE     ART     OF    HORSESHOEING. 

eight  or  ten  days  by  some  of  the  animals.  These  hard- 
wearers  require  special  notice  and  should  have  special 
shoes  made  for  them.  Those  who  scrape  out  the  toes 
before  the  rest  of  the  shoe  is  much  worn  should  be  tried 
with  a  shoe  turned  up  at  the  toe  before  increasing  the 
weight  of  iron.  Those  horses  that  wear  the  shoe  level 
are  difficult  to  deal  with,  and  usually  can  only  be  supplied 
with  a  durable  shoe  by  increasing  the  weight  of  iron  or  by 
the  use  of  steel. 

When  this  class  of  shoe  is  fullered  the  toe  should  be 
left  solid.  Hind  shoes,  with  calkins,  may  be  stamped. 
As  all  omnibuses  have  good  foot  brakes  there  is  no 
necessity  to  draw  calkins  on  the  hind  shoes.  Shoes  last 
longer  without  calkins,  horses  are  less  liable  to  "  cut  " 
their  legs,  and  the  level  shoe  gives  greatly  increased 
duration  in  those  cases  where  the  toe  is  specially  worn. 
An  extra  strong  Eodway  shoe — unseated  on  the  foot- 
surface  and  rolled  out  of  mild  steel — would  make  a  most 
useful  and  durable  shoe  for  omnibus  or  light  van  work. 

Heavy  Draught  Horses.    The  heavy  horse  has  not 


Fig.  66.— Heavy    Horse— Fore   Shoe. 


SELECTION     OF    SHOES. 


89 


only  to  draw  loads  but  frequently  to  back  them,  and  there- 
fore he  must  have  calkins  on  the  hind  shoes.  The  front 
shoes  may  be  plain,  level  and  stamped.     The  strain  on  the 


Fig.   67.— Heavy- Korse— Fore    Shoe,    Toe-piece   and   Calkins. 


Fig.   68.— Heavy-Horse— Hind    Shoe,   Toe-piece    and   Calkins, 


90  THE    ART     OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

shoes  of  a  horse  that  twists  his  foot,  necessitates  the  use 
of  quarter  cHps  more  frequently  than  on  other  classes  of 
shoe  In  Scotland  and  in  the  North  of  England,  the 
heavy  horse  is  shod  with  a  shoe  having  calkins  and  toe 
pieces  both  fore  and  hind.  This  shoe  is  lighter  than  the 
level  shoe  used  in  London  on  the  same  sized  horses.  It 
gives  a  level  bearing  and  affords  good  foot-hold  on  paved 
streets.  Especially  is  this  the  case  when  the  paving 
stones  are  set  with  a  space  between  each  row.  On  level 
surfaces,  like  asphalte,  the  toe-piece  and  calkin  afford  no 
extra  foot-hold,  and  may  well  be  replaced  by  a  level  flat 
shoe. 

It  seems  rather  curious  that  the  same  class  of  horse  in 
the  North  and  South  of  England  should  be  differently 
shod  though  doing  similar  work.  Managers  coming  from 
one  district  to  the  other  have  often  tried  a  change  of 
shoeing,  but  with  the  almost  invariable  result  of  return- 
ing very  shortly  to  the  prevailing  system.  Horses,  having 
become  accustomed  to  toe-pieces,  slip  much  more  when 
shod  with  a  level  shoe.  They  have  adapted  themselves 
to  the  method  of  shoeing  and  cannot  suddenly  alter  their 
ways  to  the  new  system.  Then  again,  the  farrier  who  has 
no  experience  of  toe-pieces  is  not  likely  to  make  a  shoe 
with  them  as  well  as  the  man  accustomed  to  them. 
Above  all  there  is  the  road-way,  which,  in  the  North,  is 
laid  with  a  view  to  the  foot-hold  of  the  horse.  Possibly, 
too,  the  load  differs  in  weight.  Were  there  not  some 
advantages  it  is  not  likely  that  two  distinct  forms  of  shoes 
would  be  employed  on  horses  in,  say,  Glasgow  and 
London. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  a  toe-piece  is  welded  on  the  shoe 
a  little  behind  the  point  of  the  toe — not  at  the  very  edge. 
Calkins  on  these  large  shoes  are  also  fitted  wide  and  made 
to  stand  rather  behind  the  heel  of  the  shoe  than 
immediately  under  it.  This,  of  course,  increases  the  size 
of  the  base  upon  which  the  horse  rests, 


FITTING   AND   APPLICATION   OF  SHOES       91 


Chapter  VII. 

Fitting  and  Application  of  Shoes. 

Having  selected  shoes  suitable  for  the  feet  and  adapted 
to  the  special  work  of  the  horse,  having  also  prepared  the 
foot  for  shoeing,  we  arrive  at  another  important  part  of 
the  farrier's  art — fitting  the  shoe.  No  matter  what  form 
of  shoe  be  used,  or  how  the  foot  be  prepared  for  it,  unless 
the  two  are  properly  fitted  the  horse  does  not  obtain  all 
the  advantages  of  good  shoeing,  and  may  be  positively 
injured.  The  owner  of  horses  seldom  knows  anything 
about  the  fitting  of  shoes,  and  therefore  fails  to 
appreciate  how  some  of  his  directions  concerning  feet  and 
shoes  are  quite  impracticable. 

I  have,  in  a  previous  chapter,  attempted  to  show  how 
a  foot  should  be  prepared  for  shoeing,  and  what  bearing 
surface  should  be  left  for  the  shoe.  I  have  also  described 
what  I  consider  the  best  forms  of  shoe.  The  object,  at 
all  times,  should  be  to  follow  nature  as  closely  as  possible, 
but  it  often  happens  that  we  may,  with  benefit,  depart 
from  the  exact  indications  given  and  still  fulfil  all  essential 
requirements.      If  w^e  examine  the  unshod  foot  which  has 


Fig.   6g.— Shoe   fitted   to  a   curved   foot-surface. 

been  worn  down  to  proper  proportions,  we  find  the  bearing 
surface  is  not  level — it  is  worn  more  at  the  toe  and  heels 
than  elsewhere.  If  we  examine  the  ground  surface  of  an 
old  shoe  the  same  thing  is  noticed — the  surface  is  not 
level,   the  toe  and  heel  show  most  wear.     The  question 


92  THE     ART     OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

then  arises,  should  we  make  the  artificial  bearing  surface  of 
the  foot  on  the  same  plan  and  adjust  the  shoe  to  it,  as  in 
Fig.  69,  or  should  we  make  the  surface  level  and  apply  a 
level  shoe  as  in  Fig.  70?  I  believe  that  the  ideal  arrange- 
ment would  be  to  follow  the  line  suggested  by  a  worn 
foot  or  a  worn  shoe,  but  it  is  difficult  to  carry  out,  and 
greater  exactness  of  fit  is  more  readily  obtained  by  two 
level  surfaces.  The  ground  surface  of  a  shoe  may,  if 
necessary,  be  altered  to  suit  the  outline  of  wear,  whilst  the 
level  foot- surface  is  preserved.  Whatever  form  the  far- 
rier adopts,  a  shoe  should  rest  equally  throughout,  and 
the  contact  of  foot  and  shoe  should  be  exact  over  the 
whole  bearing  surface.  Assuming  then  that  a  properly 
prepared  foot  presents  a  level  surface,  the  fitting  of  shoes 
becomes  simple  so  long  as  the  smith  possesses  manual 
dexterity  and  follows  the  indications  of  common  sense. 


/ 


Fig.   70. — Level   shoe  fitted  to   level  (oot-surface. 

There  are  two  conditions  to  be  fulfilled  (1)  to  fit  the 
shoe  to  the  plain  surface  of  the  foot,  (2)  to  fit  the  shoe  to 
the  circumference  of  the  wall.  Most  amateurs  judge 
shoeing  by  the  way  a  shoe  follows  the  outline  of  the 
hoof,  but  the  practical  man  knows  that  it  is  equally 
difficult  and  important  to  fit  the  surface. 

Outline  Fitting. — A  shoe  is  first  compared  with  the 
foot,  it  is  then  heated,  and  the  heels  cut  off  or  turned 
down  to  the  proper  length.  Each  limb  of  the  shoe  is 
fitted  to  follow  the  outline  of  the  wall,  and  it  is  necessary 
to  warn  the  novice  that  the  inside  and  outside  borders 
of  a  foot  are  not  alike.  The  outside  is  rounder  and  fuller, 
and  the  shoe  should  be  shaped  to  follow  exactly  the 
direction  of  the  wall.  The  outer  branch  of  a  shoe  should 
always  be  as  prominent  as  the  outer  border  of  the  hoof  ; 


FITTING  AND  APPLICATION  OF  SHOES       93 

it  should  never  be  within  it.      The  inner  branch  nuist  not 
protrude  beyond  the  wall  lest  the  opposite  leg  be  struck. 

A  well  fitted  shoe  must  be  fitted  full  to  the  foot. 
What  is  called  "close"  fitting,  i.e.,  bringing  the  shoe 
rather  within  the  circumference  of  the  wall,  is  injurious, 
as  it  loses  the  best  and  strongest  bearing  of  the  wall,  and 
permits  the  farrier  to  give  an  appearance  of  neatness  by- 
rasping  away  any  horn  which  protrudes  beyond  the  shoe. 

On  a  well-shaped  foot,  the  shoe  should  follow  the  outer 
line  of  the  hoof  from  toe  to  heel,  but  where  the  heels  of  a 
foot  are  turned  inwards,  there  is  an  advantage  in  fitting 
the  shoe  wider  at  the  heels.  It  is  essential  that  the  foot- 
surface  of  the  shoe  should  be  level  at  the  heels.  If  it  be 
inclined,  as  it  often  is  in  seated  shoes,  a  very  grave  defect 
in  the  fitting  results,  for  the  heels  have  no  level  bearing- 
surface. 

A  shoe  fitted  too  wide  is  liable  to  be  trodden  off  by  the 
opposite  foot,  or  it  may  cause  the  horse  to  hit  the 
opposite  fetlock  joint.  To  guard  against  a  shoe  being 
trodden  off,  when  it  protrudes  beyond  the  wall,  the  upper 
edge  should  be  rounded  either  by  the  hammer  or  by  the 
rasp.  Where  a  portion  of  the  wall  is  broken  away  a  full- 
fitted  shoe  is  not  covered  by  the  hoof  and  a  sharp  border 
or  edge  is  visible.  This  looks  ugly  and  affords  a  lodg- 
ment upon  which  the  opposite  foot,  or  even  another 
horse's  foot,  may  rest  and  tear  oft'  the  shoe.  Before  a 
shoe  is  nailed  on,  this  protruding  edge  should  be  rounded. 
The  same  attention  should  be  given  to  the  extremities 
of  shoes  fitted  wide  at  the  heels — as  are  heavy  cart  horse 
shoes.  Heavy  horses  require  a  firm  basis  upon  which  to 
stand,  and  as  they  are  not  used  at  the  faster  paces  there  is 
not  the  same  need  of  fitting  shoes  very  close  at  the  heels. 
The  narrower  the  heels  the  less  the  firmness  of  base 
afforded  by  a  shoe  and,  therefore,  the  heels  of  these  heavy 
shoes  are  properly  fitted  wide  and  the  protruding  upper 
edge  must  be  rounded  off  or  "  boxed  up."  This  is  done 
with  the  hammer  and  finished  with  a  rasp.  When  calkins 
are  used  it  is  even  more  necessary  to  fit  wide  at  the  heels 


94  THE     ART    OF     HORSE-SHOEING. 

consequently  to  round  off  the  upper  edge  from  the 
quarters  backwards. 

Provided  the  nail-holes  are  properly  punched,  they  are 
brought  to  their  right  position  when  the  outside  border  of 
the  shoe  is  fitted  nicely  to  the  circumference  of  the  hoof. 
When  nail-holes  are  placed  too  near  or  too  far  from  the 
outer  border  of  the  shoe — i.e.,  when  they  are  too  "fine" 
or  too  "  coarse  " — it  may  be  necessary  to  correct  their 
position  by  fitting  the  shoe  "  closer  "  or  "  fuller,"  as  the 
case  may  be.  When  a  farrier  fits  shoes  made  by  another 
man  he  may  overlook  this,  as  we  are  all  slaves  to  habit. 
The  man  who  in  his  daily  practice  combines  "  close  " 
fitting  with  "  fine  "  nailing  has  to  alter  his  routine  when 
fitting  a  shoe  with  coarse  nail-holes. 

The  length  of  a  shoe  at  the  heels  is  a  matter  of  more 
importance  than  is  generally  recognised.  As  a  rule, 
hunters  are  all  shod  too  short,  while  most  cart  horses  are 
shod  too  long.  The  objections  to  a  long  front  shoe  are 
that  it  is  liable  to  be  trodden  off  by  the  hind  shoe,  and 
that  it  may  injure  the  elbow  when  the  horse  lies  down. 
A  long  hind  shoe  is  free  from  both  these  disadvantages, 
and  as  it  usually  has  a  calkin,   is  the  best  form  to  adopt. 

In  fitting  the  heels  of  front  shoes,  in  all  but  galloping 
horses,  the  iron  should  generally  extend  slightly  behind 
the  extremity  of  the  horn.  (Fig.  70.)  Horses  used  for 
galloping  should  have  the  end  of  the  shoe  just  within  the 
termination  of  the  horn,  and  it  should  finish  with  an 
oblique  extremity.   (Fig.  71.)     There  is  nothing  gained  by 

/ 


fig-  7I-— Shoe  fitted  short  at  the  heels. 

greater  shortening,  if  the  iron  be  fitted  exactly  to  the 
horn.  Why  shoes  are  often  pulled  off,  when  only  just 
the  length  of  the  hoof,  is  because  they  are  not  fitted  close 


FITTING  AND  APPLICATION  OF  SHOES.        95 

enough,  and  very  often  because  they  are  wilfully  and 
mistakenly  designed  to  leave  a  space  between  hoof  and 
iron.  This  so-called  "  eased  "  heel  is  an  unmitigated 
evil. 

Surface-Fitting. — It  is  simple  to  direct  that  the 
bearing-surface  of  a  shoe  should  be  exactly  adapted  to 
the  bearing-surface  of  a  foot.  It  is  not  so  simple  to  carry 
out.  When  the  horn  of  the  lower  surface  of  a  foot  is 
thin,  any  uneven  pressure — i.e.,  pressure  applied  directly 
to  one  spot — soon  causes  injury,  pain  and  lameness. 
When  a  good  thick  layer  of  horn  exists,  uneven  pres- 
sures are  less  injurious,  because  the  horn  distributes  them 
over  a  wide  surface.  Good  workmanship  is  displayed  by 
leaving  no  uneven  pressure,  and  by  so  fitting  a  shoe  that 
it  shall  do  no  harm.  With  a  narrow  shoe — one  only  the 
width  of  the  wall— no  uneven  pressure  can  be  applied  to 
the  sensitive  foot,  but  such  a  shoe  is  seldom  used,  as  it  is 
too  light  to  afford  sufficient  wear.  A  wide  shoe  with  a  flat 
foot- surface  is  easily  fitted  on  all  concave  feet — i.e.,  on  all 
hind  and  most  fore  feet.  To  make  use  of  the  whole  bear- 
ing-surface, a  shoe  must  rest  evenly  from  toe  to  heel — the 
flat  surface  of  the  shoe  must  take  a  level  bearing  on  the 
whole  flat  bearing-surface  of  the  foot. 

There  are  two  places  where  injury  from  uneven 
pressure  is  most  likely  to  happen — at  the  toe  and  at  the 
heels. 

In  preparing  a  foot,  the  wall  at  the  toe  may,  from 
want  of  care,  be  reduced  a  little  below  the  level  of  the 
sole,  or  in  making  a  shoe  the  inside  border  at  the  toe 
may  be  left  higher  than  the  outside.  In  each  case, 
uneven  pressure  is  placed  on  the  sole  just  where  the  back 
border  of  the  shoe  rests.  In  fitting  a  hot  shoe,  wherever 
the  hoof  is  unduly  nuxrked,  warning  is  given  that  pres- 
sure at  that  point  nnist  be  prevented  by  altering  the  sur- 
face either  of  the  shoe  or  the  foot.  On  a  strong  foot,  the 
knife  may  be  used  to  remove  a  little  horn  ;  on  a  weak  foot, 
the  alteration  must  be  on  the  shoe, 


96  THE     ART     OF     HORSE-SHOEING. 

At  the  heel,  uneven  pressure  is  most  frequent  on  the 
angle  of  sole  between  the  wall  and  bar,  where  it  causes 
the  so-called  "corn" — a  condition  in  the  horse  having 
uo  analogy  to  the  affliction  similarly  named  in  the  human 
subject.  It  is  simply  a  bruise  of  the  sensitive  parts  under 
the  horn. 

A  bruised  heel — a  corn — is  most  likely  to  arise  from 
the  use  of  a  shoe  too  short,  especially  if  fitted  too  close. 
It  may  arise  from  a  properly-fitted  shoe  retained  too  long 
on  the  foot  and  shifted  from  its  proper  bearing  on  the 
v^all  to  an  improper  bearing  on  the  sole.  A  bruised  heel 
may  also  result  from  the  use  of  a  well-made  shoe  if  the 
preparation  of  the  hoof  has  been  faulty.  Eule-of-thumb 
directions  to  "  reduce  the  heels  to  a  level  by  the  use  of 
the  rasp,  but  on  no  account  cut  away  any  sole,"  may 
result  in  injury.  In  a  strong  foot  with  an  overgrown 
sole  it  is  easy  to  get  a  level  surface  and  to  fit  on  to  it  a 
level  shoe,  but  the  horn  of  the  sole  does  not  remain  level. 
As  it  grows  and  flakes  off,  the  portion  between  the  bar 
and  wall  is  raised.  If  the  weather  be  wet  it  swells,  and 
then,  bound  down  by  the  shoe,  it  acts  simply  as  a  stone 
might,  and  bruises  the  sensitive  parts  within  by  its 
uneven  pressure.  It  is  always  safe  and  it  is  never  injuri- 
ous to  remove  so  much  of  the  surface  of  this  portion  of 
sole  with  the  drawing-knife  as  will  ensure  no  uneven 
pressure  on  it  by  the  shoe. 

The  more  exactly  the  shoe  fits  the  foot  surface  the 
more  easily  it  is  retained  in  position  by  the  nails,  and  the 
less  likelihood  there  is  of  any  part  of  it  pressing  unduly 
on  a  limited  portion  of  horn.  Exact  fitting  allows  all 
bearing  and  pressures  to  be  distributed  equally  over  the 
surface  of  the  hoof,  and  thus  permits  the  shoe  most 
nearly  to  resemble  a  mere  continuation  of  the  hoof  in 
iron — an  arrangement  to  prevent  wear,  but  not  to  inter- 
fere with  the  natural  functions.  There  is  one  departure 
from  level  fitting  which  requires  special  notice,  since  it  is 
made,  not  by  accident  or  negligence,  but  by  design.  It 
consists  in  taking  the  bearing  of  an  inch,  or  an  inch-and-a- 


FITTING   AND   APPLICATION   OF  SHOES       97 

half,  of  the  extremity  of  the  shoe  off  the  foot.  (Fig.  72.) 
It  has  been  called  "  easing  the  heels,"  and  the  space 
permits  a  knife-blade,  sometimes  even  a  pencil,  to  be 
placed  between  the  shoe  and  foot.  It  is  one  of  the  very 
worst  practices  that  theory  has  forced  into  horse-shoeing. 
Men  who  do  it  say   "  the  heels  won't  stand  pressm'e."     I 


y 


Fig.  72.— An   "  eased"  heel. 

reply  they  will  stand  all  proper  pressure,  and  a  good  deal 
more  than  the  quarters.  But  the  practice  does  not 
relieve  the  heels  of  pressure.  If  you  examine  a  shoe 
fitted  in  this  way,  after  it  has  done  a  month's  service,  you 
will  find  it  sometimes  polished  bright,  sometimes  with  a 
deep  groove  worn  into  it.  You  may  also  test  its  bearing 
by  raising  the  foot  from  the  ground  and  inserting  between 
shoe  and  hoof  a  flat  bit  of  wood,  then  on  releasing  the 
foot  and  raising  the  opposite  one,  you  will  find  that  the 
bearing  is  such  that  the  bit  of  wood  cannot  be  removed. 
The  "  eased  heel  "  does  not  relieve  the  heels  of  pressure, 
but,  instead  of  constant  normal  bearing,  it  permits  a  down- 
ward movement  of  the  back  of  the  foot  at  each  step — 
which  is  unnatural,  and  which  cannot  occur  in  an  unshod 
foot  on  a  level  surface.  The  "eased  heel"  does  more 
than  this.  It  wastes  a  large  extent  of  good  bearing- sur- 
face, and  it  concentrates  pressure  at  one  point — where  the 
shoe  and  foot  meet — at  the  quarters.  It  loses  good  bear- 
ing-surface where  it  is  important  to  have  it,  and  unevenly 
throws  extra  weight  on  the  quarters,  which  are  the 
weakest  parts  of  the  wall.  An  "  eased  heel  "  has  not  one 
single  advantage,  but  it  has  every  disadvantage  which  mis- 
placed ingenuity  could  contrive. 

For  flat   feet,  a   wide  shoe  with  a   fiat  foot-surface  is 
unsafe,    as   there  is  liability  to  uneven  pressure  on  the 


98 


THE    ART     OF     HORSESHOEING. 


sole.  For  such  feet,  the  safer  form  of  foot-surface  is  one 
presenting  a  level  narrow  bearing-surface  round  its 
outer  border,  from  which  an  inclined  or  bevelled  surface 
continues  the  shoe  inwards.    (Fig.  78.)    This  form  of  shoe 


Fig-   73- — Section   of  a   seated   shoe. 

can  be  fitted  to  nearly  any  kind  of  foot.  To  escape  in- 
jury to  a  flat  sole,  "  seating  out  "  shoes  is  necessary,  but 
the  operation  should  always  leave  a  level  bearing-surface 
for  the  wall.  When  a  shoe  is  seated  from  one  side  to  the 
other  so  as  to  produce  a  saucer-shaped  surface,  harm  is 
done  to  the  foot.  Such  a  shoe  presents  no  level  bearing- 
surface,  and  the  weight  of  the  horse  pressing  the  wall  on 
an  inclined  plane  causes  the  foot  to  be  pinched  or  com- 
pressed in  a  manner  which  soon  causes  lameness.  (Fig.  74.) 
A  few  years  ago,  these  shoes  were  too  common,  and  to 
make  them  still  more  injurious,  the  foot  was  pared  out 
from  the  centre  to  the  circumference  like  a  saucer,  and 
the  two  spoiled  articles  were  fitted  together.  Their  sur- 
faces of  contact  were  two  narrow  ridges,  which  even  the 
most  expert  workman  could  not  tit  without  injury  to  the 
horse. 

In  Fig.  74,  a  shoe  with  an  inclined  surface  is  appHed 
to  a  foot  with  a  bearing-surface  as  wide  as  the  wall,  but 
the  only  contact  is  at  the  edges.  The  horn  at  the  edge 
will  yield,  and  the  hoof  be  pressed  inwards,  as  the  weight 
of  the  animal  forces  the  foot  into  the  saucer-shaped  shoe. 


FITTING  AND  APPLICATION  OF  SHOES 


99 


When  the  bearing-surface  of  the  foot,  instead  of  being 
as  wide  as  the  wall,  is  only  a  ridge,  the  horn  yields  most 
rapidly,  the  clinches  rise  and  the  shoe  becomes  loose. 


Fig,  74— Section  of  a    "saucer"  shoe. 


Fig.   75. — Bearing-surface  inclined  outwards. 

In  Fig.  75  is  shown  a  section  of  another  shoe  with  an 
inclined  instead  of  a  level  surface,  but  the  slope  is  from 
within  outwards.  The  effect  of  this  is  exactly  the  oppo- 
site of  the  previous  shoe.  The  wall  is  forced  outwards, 
and  if  it  does  not  as  a  whole  yield  to  the  pressure,  the 
portion  in  contact  is  broken.  When  this  form  of  bearing- 
surface  is  adopted  at  the  heels  of  a  shoe,  the  two 
side  of  the  hoof  are  violently  forced  apart,  and  it  has 
even   been  recommended  as  a  means  of  expanding   the 


loo 


THE    ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING 


foot  ;  but  forcible  expansion  is  both  unnecessary  and  dan- 
gerous. 

Always  regarding  the  shoe  as  an  extension  of  the 
natural  hoof  in  a  harder  and  more  durable  material,  it  is 
evident  that  the  most  stability  will  be  attained  by  the 
use  of  as  wide  a  bearing-surface  of  foot  and  shoe  as  is 
compatible  with  ease  and  safety  to  the  horse. 

In  Fig.  76  is  shown  a  section  of  a  narrow  shoe  which 
takes  a  bearing  over  the  whole  extent  of  its  foot-surface. 


Fig.  76. — Narrow   shoe   with  level  bearing-surface. 

In  Fig.  77  is  shown  a  shoe  with  as  wide  a  bearing- 
surface  as  in  Fig.  76,  but  which  loses  half  its  bearing 
because  the  foot-surface  is  too  narrow  to  utilize  it. 


Fig  77. — Bearing-surface  of 
foot  too  narrow. 


Fig.  78.     A  good  bearing- 
surface. 


In   Fig.  78  we  have    a  model  bearing-surface  on   the 
foot,   nearly  twice  the  width  of  the  wall,  and  we  have  a 


FITTING    AND    APPLICATION  OF  SHOES      101 

shoe  with  a  fiat  foot-surface  capable  of  using  the  whole 
bearing.  Such  is  the  fitting  of  all  hind  shoes,  and  it 
might  be  adopted  with  advantage  in  all  fore  shoes  on 
good  feet. 

Wear  of  Shoes.  Before  fitting  new  shoes  a  good 
farrier  notes  all  peculiarity  of  wear  in  the  old  ones.  When 
a  horse  wears  his  shoes  equally  all  over,  there  is  evidence 
that  his  feet  are  in  proper  proportion  and  that  the  form  of 
shoe  is  suitable.  Irregularity  of  wear  is  noticeable  on 
very  many  shoes  and  may  be  traced  sometimes  to  faults 
in  the  action  of  the  horse  and  sometimes  to  faults  in  the 
shoe  or  foot. 

A  horse  that  "  goes  on  his  heels  " — a  common  sequel  to 
laminitis — wears  the  heels  out  of  all  proportion  to  the 
rest  of  the  shoe.  To  meet  this  excessive  wear  a  farrier 
often  increases  the  thickness  of  a  shoe  at  the  heels.  This 
is  the  very  worst  thing  to  do.  The  hoof  at  the  heels 
should  be  lowered  as  much  as  safety  will  allow,  and  the 
shoe  should  be  fitted  a  little  longer  than  the  bearing- 
surface  of  the  foot.      When    the   toe   of   a   shoe  shows 


Fig.  79- — A  shoe  worn  out  at  the  toe. 


Fig.  80. — A  shoe  turned  up  at  the  toe. 


excessive  wear  it  may  be  due  to  the  calkins  being  too 
high,  and  if  so  their  height  must  be  decreased.  It  may 
be  due  to  the  toe  of  the  hoof  being  too  long,  and  it  may 
be  the  result  of  defective  action  of  the  horse.  In  any  case 
it  is  not  good  practice  to  simply  increase  the  amount  of 


102  TliE     ART     OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

iron  at  the  toe  so  as  to  make  the  shoe  last  longer.  The 
toe  of  the  shoe  should  be  turned  up  out  of  the  line  of 
wear.  In  other  words  the  toe  of  the  shoe  should  be  so 
fitted  that  its  foot  surface  resembles  the  worn  surface  of 
the  old  shoea.  This  requires  that  the  hoof  should  be 
lowered,  not  in  the  usual  way  leaving  a  level  bearing  from 
toe  to  heel,  but  by  an  extra  reduction  of  horn  at  the  toe  to 
an  extent  required  by  the  bending  upwards  of  the  shoe. 
(Fig.  80.) 

When  one  side  of  a  shoe  is  more  worn  than  the  other 
the  hoof  must  be  reduced  on  the  side  showing  excessive 
wear,  and  the  shoe  be  fitted  a  little  fuller. 

To  provide  for  a  proper  duration  of  shoes  and  to  pre- 
vent too  frequent  re-shoeing,  it  is  best  to  increase  not  the 
thickness  of  a  shoe  but  its  width,  especially  in  those  cases 
where  wear  is  mainly  confined  to  one  part. 

Clips  are  thin  projections  drawn  up  from  the  outer 
border  of  shoes  for  the  purpose  of  giving  greater  security 
to  their  position  on  a  foot.  On  heavy  cart-horses,  the 
clips  are  sometimes  of  great  size,  and  encourage  the  idea 
that  the  smith  looks  upon  them  as  designed  to  assist  the 
nails  to  retain  the  shoe  on  the  foot.  They  should  have 
no  such  purpose,  their  use  being  merely  to  prevent  the 
shoe  shifting  to  one  side.  A  clip  should  not  be  narrow 
and  high,  it  should  be  low  and  wide,  so  that  its  bearing  is 
taken  against  the  lower  edge  of  the  wall.  A  high  clip  is 
a  most  serious  danger  when  shoes  get  loose  and  are 
trodden  on  by  the  horse.  The  usual  position  for  a  clip 
is  at  the  toe,  but  there  are  occasions  when  two  clips — 
one  at  each  side  of  the  toe — are  used.  On  some  shoes,  a 
clip  is  placed  at  the  outer  quarter  to  prevent  the  shoe 
being  displaced  inwards ;  this  is  more  often  required  on 
hind  shoes.  A  clip  at  the  toe  affords  some  assistance  in 
fitting  a  shoe  exactly,  and  it  also  affords  steadiness  to 
the  shoe  during  the  driving  of  the  first  nails.  In 
America  clips  are  not  used,  and  when  American 
machine-made  shoes  were   first  introduced  into  London 


Fitting  and  application  of  shoes     103 

they  were  fitted  without  clips.  I  am  bound  to  confess 
that  these  shoes  did  not  shift  on  the  feet  to  any  noticeable 
extent,  but  they  are  now  all  fitted  with  clips,  so  I  sup- 
pose the  workmen  found  they  were  an  advantage.  The 
greatest  evil  resulting  from  clips  is  seen  in  slovenly  fitting, 
when  the  farrier  with  his  knife  carves  out  a  great  hole  in 
the  wall  in  which  to  embed  the  clip.  As  a  clip  is  flat,  it 
cannot  be  fitted  to  the  rounded  face  of  the  wall,  but  all 
that  is  necessary  is  to  reduce  the  round  to  a  flat  surface 
with  the  rasp,  so  that  the  clip  may  rest  on  it,  care  being 
taken  that  at  the  extreme  edge  the  horn  is  not  left  so 
prominent  as  to  be  unduly  pressed  upon  when  the  clip  is 
driven  close  to  the  wall.  It  is  easy  to  lame  a  horse  by 
violently  hammering  up  the  clip,  especially  when  the  horn 
behind  it  has  been  so  much  cut  away  as  to  leave  only  a 
thin  protecting  layer.  A  clip  should  only  be  hammered 
up  sufficiently  to  leave  it  firmly  applied  to  the  wall.  A 
bad  workman,  in  making  his  clip,  may  spoil  the  foot- 
surface  of  a  shoe  by  causing  a  ridge  on  the  bearing- 
surface  of  the  iron  at  the  toe,  and  this,  on  thin  or  flat 
feet,  may  cause  lameness. 


2 


Well  drawn  clip.  Fig.  8i.  Badly  drawn  clip. 

A  very  unsightly  appearance  and  very  defective  work 
results  from  the  fireman  leaving  his  clip  at  right  angles  to 
the  line  of  the  shoe.  It  should  be  inclined  backwards  at 
about  the  same  slope  as  the  portion  of  the  wall  against 
which  it  is  to  rest.  The  two  diagrams  (Fig.  81)  illus- 
trate what  is  meant. 

Hot  and  Cold  Fitting.— When  an  engineer  or  a 
carpenter  has  two  surfaces  to  fit  together  with  great 
exactness  he  employs  some  colouring  material  to  show 
where  they  do  come  in  contact  and  where  they  do  not. 
When  a  farrier  fits  a  shoe  to  a  horse's  foot,  he  tests  its 


104  THE    ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

accuracy  by  applying  the  iron  at  a  dull  red  heat  to  the  horn. 
This  proceeding  shows  with  precision  the  bearing-surfaces, 
as  the  horn  is  charred  in  proportion  to  the  contact.  If 
the  shoe  be  found  not  to  fit  exactly,  it  is  taken  back  to 
the  anvil  and  altered.  It  is  then  again  for  a  few  seconds 
applied  to  the  horn  and  the  surface  of  contact  examined. 
This  proceeding  is  repeated  until  sufficient  exactness  is 
arrived  at,  and  then  the  shoe  is  cooled  ready  for  nailing 
on.  As  horn  is  a  bad  conductor  of  heat,  this  process  of 
"hot-fitting"  does  no  harm  to  the  sensitive  structures 
within  the  hoof,  unless  it  be  carried  to  an  extreme.  When 
the  horn  is  very  thin,  the  heat  of  a  shoe  retained  too 
long  in  contact  with  it  does  serious  mischief,  and  the 
injury  known  as  a  burnt  sole  has  often  resulted  from 
careless  work.  If  a  shoe,  whilst  being  altered  to  fit  a  foot, 
were  cooled  each  time  it  was  laid  on  the  hoof,  it  would 
have  to  be  re-heated  before  the  necessary  alterations  could 
be  made,  and  this  would  cause  great  waste  of  time.  The 
abuse  of  hot-fitting  may  do  harm  without  any  direct 
burning  of  the  sole.  An  ill-fitting  hot  shoe  may  be  held 
on  the  hoof  until  it  beds  itself  into  the  horn,  and  thus  a 
complete  correspondence  between  the  surface  of  the  foot 
and  the  surface  of  the  shoe  be  effected.  Such  a 
proceeding  is  well  described  as  "  fitting  the  foot  to  the 
shoe,"  and  is  not  only  destructive  to  the  horn  but 
damaging  to  the  foot,  by  permitting  an  uneven  shoe  to 
look  as  though  it  were  properly  fitted.  When  hot-fitting 
is  used  and  not  abused — when  it  is  adopted  merely  to 
indicate  how  and  where  the  shoe  fits,  and  not  to  make  it 
appear  to  fit — I  consider  it  has  many  advantages  over 
cold-fitting.  With  some  feet  and  some  shoes  it  is  quite 
possible  to  produce  a  good  fit  without  heating  the  shoe. 
When  a  shoe  requires  much  alteration  to  bring  it  into 
exact  correspondence  with  the  foot,  even  the  most  expert 
farrier  cannot  do  justice  to  his  work  with  cold  iron  ;  he 
gets  as  near  to  a  fit  as  he  can,  and  when  the  hoof  is 
strong,  little  liarm  is  done.  The  best  work  is  that  which 
includes  the  greatest  exactness  of  fit,  while  uneven  pres- 


FITTING  AND  APPLICATION  OF  SHOES       105 

sure  or  loose  shoes  result  from  inferior  work.  A  badly 
fitted  shoe  requires  more  nails  to  retain  it  in  place,  and 
experience  has  shown  that  hot-fitted  shoes  give  a  smaller 
average  of  loose  or  lost  shoes  than  those  cold  fitted.  The 
slight  charring  of  the  end  of  the  horn  fibres,  which 
results  from  proper  hot-fitting,  has  never  been  found  to 
do  injury,  and  it  apparently  has  some  advantages.  One 
is  that  the  surface  of  the  hoof  less  readily  absorbs  mois- 
ture than  when  not  charred.  Another  is  that  the  horn 
is  softened  for  a  time  and  expanded,  allowing  nails  to  be 
easily  driven,  and  then  contracting  and  retaining  them 
more  firmly.  The  objection  to  hot- fitting  applies  only  to 
its  abuse.  The  advantages  are  greater  exactness  of  fit, 
greater  security  that  the  shoe  will  be  firmly  retained  on 
the  foot,  and  greater  facility  in  the  operation  of  shoeing. 
Perhaps  I  ought  to  add  that  when  cold-fitting  is  inevit- 
able, machine-made  shoes  are  the  best,  because  they  are 
more  regular  in  form  and  more  often  level  on  the  foot- 
surface  than  hand-made  shoes.  Army  studs  on  active 
service,  and  studs  used  in  coal  mines  comprise,  perhaps, 
the  only  animals  upon  which  cold-fitting  is  unavoidable. 

Tips  are  short  shoes  protecting  only  the  foremost  half 
of  the  foot.     Upon    grass   or  soft  roads,  tips  are   quite 


Fig.  82. 


sufficient  to  prevent  undue  wear  of  the  hoof.  Even  upon 
hard  roads  tips  will  protect  the  hoof  in  dry  weather,  but 
in  wet  seasons  the  horn  becomes  softened,  and  then  that 
part   coming  in    contact    with  hard   road -surfaces  wears 


106 


THE    ART     OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 


rapidly,  and  lameness  may  follow.  Tips  require  more  care 
in  use  than  shoes,  because  they  protect  from  wear  only 
the  toe,  and  when  retained  on  the  foot   too  long  a  time 


Fig.   83. — Foot   prepared   for   a  tip. 

cause  the  hoof  to  become  very  disproportionately  long  at 
the  toe.  In  fitting  a  tip,  care  must  be  taken  to  afford  the 
horse  a  level  surface  to  bear  on.  The  unprotected  horn  at 
the  back  of  the  foot  must  take  a  bearing  on  the  ground 


L 


A  B 

Fig.   84. — An  ordinary   and  a   "thinned"   tip. 

level  with  the  ground-surface  of  the  tip.  (Fig.  84  A).  If 
there  is  sufficient  horn  on  the  foot,  this  can  be  easily 
effected  by  only  removing  the  overgrown  wall  to  just  the 
length  the  tip  extends  and  leaving  the  horn  behind  un- 
touched. Where  there  is  not  sufficient  superfluous  horn, 
this  method  cannot  be  used,  and  we  apply  a  tip  gradually 
thinned  oft'  towards  its  extremities,     (Fig.  H4  B.)     If  a 


FITTING    AND  APPLICATION   OF   SHOES.      107 


little  horn  can  be  removed  obliquely  from  the  front  half  of 
the  foot  by  a  few  strokes  of  the  rasp,  this  "  thinned  "  tip 
is  more  easily  fitted  so  as  to  get  a  level  surface  on  the 
ground.  When  a  horse  has  worn  this  form  for  a  month, 
it  is  generally  possible  to  bring  a  tip,  of  even  thickness 
throughout,  into  the  same  line  of  bearing  as  the  horn  at 
the  heels. 

Tips  do  not  give  a  good  foot-hold  on  grass,  but  they 
afford  greater  security  of  tread,  on  hard  smooth  roads  and 
on  ice,  than  long  shoes.  The  great  advantages  of  tips  are 
two-fold — they  are  light,  and  they  permit  the  greatest 
freedom  of  movement  and  action  in  the  posterior  part  of 
the  foot.  In  some  cases  of  chronic  foot  lameness  the  use 
of  tips  and  regular  work  will  effect  soundness  when  every 
other  method  of  treatment  has  failed. 

The  Charlier  System  is  a  method  of  shoeing  which  a 
few  years  back  took  a  very  prominent  hold  on  the  fancy  of 
horse-owners.     Like  most  other  systems  it  has  advantages 


Fig-  85  —Groove   for  Charlier  shoe    formed  by  cutting   away  strip   of  wall 

and  disadvantage — it  has  prejudiced  enemies  and  indis- 
creet friends.  The  principle  or  theory  upon  which  it  is 
based  may  be  thus  stated.  The  lower  border  of  the  wall  is, 
it  is  said,  the  chief  sustaining  structure  of  the  hoof,  and  as 
all  that  is  required  of  a  shoe  is  to  prevent  undue  wear, 
therefore,  remove  a  small  strip  of  the  lower  border  of  the 
wall  and  substitute  for  it  a  similar  sized  strip  of  iron,  and 
we  shall  protect  from  wear  at  the  same  time  that  we  leave 
entirely  to  nature  every  other  part  of  the  hoof — sole,  frog 


108  THE    ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

and  bars.  This  seems  eminently  simple  and  logical,  but 
it  is  easy  to  show  that  it  is  more  plausible  than  true. 
First,  I  would  point  out  that  the  wall  only  is  not  the  natural 
sustaining  structure  of  the  hoof  ;  the  wall  and  the  sole  at 
its  connection  with  the  wall  is.  Next,  I  deny  that  the 
Charlier  system  does  "  leave  entirely  to  nature  every  other 
part  of  the  hoof."  In  cutting  away  the  wall  from  the  sole  to 


Fig.  86.     Section    of  Charlier  shoe  on  foot. 

af^x  the  shoe,  the  natural  function  of  the  sole  is  seriously 
interfered  with,  and  the  bearing  on  the  wall,  which  ought  to 
be  partially  distributed  over  the  arch  of  the  sole,  is  limited  to 
the  wall.  It  is  claimed  that  when  the  foot  has  had  time  to 
grow,  the  sole  will  be  found  on  a  level  with  the  shoe,  and 
thus  directly  sharing  in  the  weight  sustaining  function.  I 
have  examined  many  feet  shod  by  Charlier  specialists,  and 
have  never  yet  seen  the  sole  of  a  hind  foot  level  with  the 
shoe  three  days  after  the  shoeing.  Only  once  have  I  seen 
the  sole  of  the  fore  foot  level  with  the  shoe  after  a  week's 
wear.  I  am  often  apologetically  told,  "  Well,  it  is  not 
quite  in  wear,  but  it  is  not  an  eighth  of  an  inch  below  the 
surface  of  the  shoe."  Quite  so,  it  is  nearly  in  wear,  but 
if  not  actually  in  wear,  what  becomes  of  the  principle  ? 
The  sole  is  not  directly  in  wear,  bearing  is  confined  to 
the  wall.  As  to  the  frog,  the  Charlier  affords  no  greater 
use  to  it  than  any  other  shoe  of  a  similar  thickness,  unless, 
instead  of  being  placed  on  sound,  firm  horn,  it  be  danger- 


FITTING  AND  APPLICATION  OF  SHOES       109 


ously  let  down  into  the  hoof  so  that  its  edge  approaches 
very  closely  to  the  sensitive  foot.  It  is  sometimes  difficult 
to  arrive  at  the  truth  as  to  the  significance  of  the  phrase 
"  embedding  or  letting  dovv^n  "  the  shoe  of  the  Charlier 
system.  At  one  time  we  are  assured  that  "  the  shoe  is  not 
sunk,  the  sole  is  permitted  to  grow  up."  When  this  is  so, 
very  little  positive  objection  to  the  system  can  be  taken, 
because  the  shoe  then  rests  at  the  same  level  on  firm  horn 
as  does  any  other  narrow  shoe  ;  but  then  the  frog  takes  no 
better  bearing  than  in  other  systems,  and  the  superfluous 
growth  of  horn  on  the  sole  is  of  no  vahie.  When  the  shoe 
is  really  "  let  down  "  of  course  the  frog  does  receive  in- 
creased pressure — it  is  forced  to  share  with  the  wall  the 
primary  function  of  sustaining  weight  instead  of,  as  in 
nature,  taking  only  a  secondary  share  of  such  action.  It 
does  this  at  the  expense  of  a  shoe  placed  so  close  to  the 
"  quick  "  that  if  the  upper  and  inner  border  of  iron  be  not 
bevelled  off,  immediate  lameness  results. 


Fig.  87. — Groove  for  modified  or  short  Charlier. 

When  the  Charlier  shoe  was  first  introduced,  it  was  ap- 
plied the  full  length  of  the  foot,  but  it  was  found  that  when 
thinned  by  wear,  the  heels  spread  and  led  to  injury  of  the 
opposite  leg  or  to  its  being  trodden  off.  Now  the  Charlier  is 
only  applied  like  a  tip  round  the  front  portion  of  the  surface 
of  the  foot,  and  it  therefore  partakes  of  some  of  the  advan- 
tages I  have  credited  to  tips.  It  is  a  very  light  shoe  and 
only  requires  small  nails  to  fix  it  securely,  but  as  the  shoe 


no 


THE     ART    OF     HORSE-SHOEING. 


is  only  the  width  of  the  wall,  the  nails  have  to  be  driven 
solely  in  the  wall,  and  their  position  is  open  to  the  objec- 
tion applying  to  all  too  fine  nailing.     The  disadvantages 


Fig.    88— Foot   prepared  for   short   Charlier. 


Fig.   89.— Short   Charlier  Shoe. 

of  the  Charlier  are  its  being  "  let  down  "  too  near  the 
quick,  its  limited  bearing,  and  its  fine  nail  holes ;  the 
advantages  are  the  lightness  and  the  freedom  given  to  the 


FITTING  AND  APPLICATION  OF  SHOES       111 

back  of  the  foot,  both  of  which  are  attainable  with  a 
narrow  tip  not  let  down.  One  very  apparent  effect  result- 
ing from  the  use  of  the  Charlier  system  is  the  alteration  in 
the  action  of  the  horse.  All  knee  action  is  lost,  and  some 
horses  go  decidedly  tender,  whilst  others  acquire  a  low 
shooting  stride,  which  is  certainly  not  in  accordance  with 
our  notions  of  good  free  locomotion. 

Nailing  on  Shoes.  When  a  shoe  has  been  fitted 
exactly  to  the  foot  it  is  finished  off  with  a  file.  Even  the 
best  hammer  work  can  be  improved  by  a  few  strokes  of 
the  file  round  the  clip  and  heels  and  along  the  edges  of  a 
shoe.  Very  inferior  work  can  be  made  to  pass  a  casual 
inspection  by  liberal  filing.  A  shoe  is  fixed  in  a  vice  for  the 
purpose  ofbeingfiled,and  light  shoes  are  somethnes  twisted 
out  of  shape.  It  is  most  important  that  after  such  an 
accident  the  shoe  should  be  refitted  before  being  nailed  on. 

When  a  shoe  is  well  fitted  by  the  fireman,  a  doorman 
has  no  reason  to  alter  the  foot  in  any  way  before  nailing 
on  the  shoe.  In  most  cases  a  stroke  of  the  rasp  may  be 
given  to  the  front  of  the  toe  to  remove  a  bit  of  charred 
horn,  but  on  no  account  should  more  be  done.  It  is 
obvious  than  any  removal  of  firm  horn  from  the  toe,  after 
fitting  has  been  completed,  permits  the  shoe  to  be  placed 
further  back  on  the  foot,  and  thus  the  exactness  of  fit  is 
destroyed,  and  the  relative  position  of  nail-holes  to  the  wall 
modified — perhaps  dangerously. 

The  fitted  and  filed  up  shoe  when  laid  on  the  foot  by 
the  doorman,  should  rest  evenly  upon  the  whole  bearing- 
surface.  The  borders  of  the  shoe  should  follow  the  cir- 
cumference of  the  wall,  the  heels  be  of  proper  length,  and 
the  nail  holes  in  such  a  position  as  to  admit  of  nails  being 
safely  driven  into  sound  horn.  No  nail  hole  should  be 
within  the  white  line  that  marks  the  junction  of  sole  and 
wall. 

The  doorman  having  satisfied  himself  that  the  shoe  fits, 
then  selects  suitable  nails.  If  the  nail  holes  are  propor- 
tionate to  the  foot  there  is  no  difficulty,  but  when  they  are 


112  THE     ART     OF     HORSE-SHOEING. 

too  large  or  too  sicall  the  question  arises — how  the  nail 
liead  is  to  fit  the  nail  hole  at  the  same  time  that  the  hoof 
is  penetrated  hy  a  shank  which  will  not  split  the  horn  or 
fail  to  give  a  secm-e  clinch '?  If  the  head  be  too  small  for 
the  hole  the  nail  cannot  be  firmly  clenched,  whilst  if  it  be 
too  large  it  protrudes,  and  when  worn  off  has  no  hold  of 
the  shoe.  Except  in  the  case  of  a  very  thin  Vv'all  it  is 
better  to  select  a  nail  that  more  than  fills  the  nail-hole 
rather  than  the  opposite.  With  a  good  fuller  or  stamped 
nail-holes  the  head  of  a  nail  should  always  protrude  a  little 
when  driven  home. 

Driving  a  nail  is  a  delicate  operation  only  to  be  mastered 
by  practice.  Its  direction  through  the  horn  is  governed 
by  the  point  and  by  the  fingers  of  the  farrier.  Its 
direction  is  indicated  by  the  sound  and  feel  transmitted  by 
the  taps  of  the  hammer,  and  its  exit  should  be  felt  by  the 
fingers  of  the  left  hand  before  it  appears.  By  these 
practical  signs  a  farrier  knows  where  his  nail  is  going  and 
is  able  to  bring  out  the  point  at  a  proper  height.  Although 
an  expert  workman  may  safely  drive  a  nail  very  high  in 
the  wall,  there  is  danger  in  doing  so,  and  no  advantage. 
On  the  other  hand  there  is  a  disadvantage  in  not  taking 
sufficient  hold — more  chance  of  splitting  the  wall  and  less 
security  for  the  shoe.  The  toe  nails  may  be  driven  a 
little  higher  with  safety  than  the  heel  nails.  When  all 
the  clinches  are  of  the  same  height  from  the  shoe  a  neat 
appearance  is  given,  but  I  prefer  to  see  a  slight  dimi- 
nution of  height  from  before  backwards — from  the  first 
toe-nail  to  the  last  heel-nail.  Driving  the  first  nail  has  a 
tendency  to  move  the  shoe  from  its  bed  across  the  foot, 
this  must  be  guarded  against,  and  a  nail  on  the  opposite 
side  should  next  be  driven  to  counteract  this  tendency. 
If  necessary,  a  tap  or  two  with  the  hammer  on  the  side 
of  the  shoe  may  be  given  to  keep  it  in  its  exact  place. 
Each  nail  as  it  is  driven  through  the  wall  should  have  its 
point  turned  down  against  the  horn  so  as  to  avoid  the 
possibility  of  accident  to  the  workman  or  injury  to  the 
opposite  leg  of  the  horse.     When  all  the  nails  are  driven 


FITTING  AND  APPLICATION  OF  SHOES        113 

and  the  points  cut  off  with  the  pincers,  the  whole  are  run 
over  with  the  hammer  and  then  each  is  "chnched."  A 
chnch  is  formed  by  a  blow  or  blows  on  the  head  of  the 
nail  whilst  the  edge  of  the  pincers  is  pressed  against  the 
turned  down  point  of  the  nail.  Under  the  clinch  a  notch 
is  made  in  the  surface  of  the  wall  with  the  edge  of  the 
rasp.  Into  this  notch  the  clinch  is  laid  and  a  stroke  of 
the  rasp  renders  the  clinch  level  with  the  horn.  A  clinch 
buried  and  filed  in  this  manner  is  stronger  and  safer  than 
when  merely  turned  over  on  the  horn. 

Clinches  rise  and  shoes  get  loose  (a)  when  the  shoe 
rests  upon  a  bearing-surface  so  weak  or  narrow  that  the 
horn  yields  ;  {b)  when  nail-heads  do  not  fit  the  nail-holes  ; 
(c)  when,  instead  of  a  notch  being  made  in  sound  horn 
for  the  clinch,  the  end  of  the  nail  is  turned  over  on  the 
broken  horn  caused  by  the  exit  of  the  nail. 

If  the  position  of  a  nail-hole  is  so  coarse  as  to  render 
driving  a  nail  through  it  dangerous,  the  nail  should  be 
left  out.  If  a  nail -hole  corresponds  to  a  crack  in  the  hoof 
the  nail  should  not  be  driven.  Some  feet  are  so  broken 
that  the  shank  of  the  nails  can  be  seen  above  the  shoe 
and  yet  sufficient  hold  of  sound  horn  higher  up  be  obtained 
to  afford  security  for  a  shoe. 


114  THE    ART     OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 


Chapter   VIII. 

"Roughing." 

In  winter,  ice,  snow,  and  frost  render  roads  slippery, 
and  it  is  necessary  to  provide  some  arrangement  whereby 
horses  may  have  the  greatest  security  of  foot-hold.  In 
countries  such  as  Canada  and  Kussia,  where  a  regular 
winter  sets  in  at  a  tolerably  uniform  date  and  continues 
without  intermission  for  some  months,  it  is  easier  to  adopt 
a  good  system  of  "  roughing  "  than  in  Great  Britain. 
There,  on  a  thick  layer  of  ice  or  snow,  sharp  projections 
on  the  shoes  cut  into  the  surface  and  afford  foot-hold. 
The  edge  of  the  projections  is  not  soon  blunted,  and  when 
once  properly  placed,  their  duration  is  as  long  as  the  time 
desirable  for  retaining  the  shoe.  Here,  very  different  con- 
ditions obtain.  Sometimes  a  week  or  two  of  frost  and 
snow  may  prevail,  but  more  frequently  the  spells  of  wintry 
weather  are  counted  by  days.  Two  or  three  days  of  frost 
and  then  two  or  three  days  of  mud  and  slush,  to  be 
followed  by  either  dry,  hard  roads  or  a  return  of  ice  and 
snow,  is  our  usual  winter.  We  require  during  this  time 
to  provide  for  occasional  days,  or  more  rarely  for  weeks,  of 
frost-bound  roads.  Our  horses'  shoes  wear  about  a  month 
and  then  require  replacing  by  new  ones.  When  roads 
are  hard  and  dry,  we  want  no  sharp  ridges  or  points  about 
our  horses'  shoes,  and  yet  we  must  always  be  able  at 
twenty-four  hours'  notice  to  supply  some  temporary 
arrangement  which  will  ensure  foot-hold. 

The  necessity  for  "roughing"  and  the  evil  effects  of 
continuing  to  work  unroughed  horses  on  slippery,  frost- 
bound  roads  is  demonstrated  in  London  every  winter  by 
a  very  significant  fact.  If,  after  three  days  of  ice  and 
snow,  anyone  will  visit  a  horse-slaughterer's  yard,  he  will 
find  the  place  full  of  dead  horses  which  have  fallen  in  the 


''  roughing:'  115 


streets  and  suffered  incurable  or  fatal  injury.  A  sudden 
and  severe  attack  of  ice  and  snow  half  paralyses  the  horse 
traffic  of  a  large  town  for  a  day  or  two,  and  many  owners 
will  sooner  keep  their  horses  in  the  stable  than  go  to  the 
expense  of  having  them  roughed.  The  loss  in  civil  life 
from  unpreparedness  for  ice  and  snow  is  very  serious,  but 
the  loss  which  has  fallen  upon  military  movements  from 
similar  neglect  is  appalling.  Napoleon's  rout  from  Mos- 
cow in  1812,  Bourbaki's  flight  into  Switzerland  in  1871, 
and  the  Danish  retreat  during  the  Schleswig-Holstein 
war  in  1865  are  terrible  instances  of  the  frightful  loss 
sustained  when  horses  are  unable  to  keep  on  their  feet  at 
a  walk,  let  alone  drag  guns  and  wagons  over  an  ice- 
covered  surface. 

A  well-managed  stud  of  horses  which  is  required  to  face 
all  weather  and  to  work  every  day  through  an  English 
winter  should,  from  December  1st  to  March  1st,  be  shod 
in  such  a  manner  as  to  be  easily  and  speedily  provided 
with  mechanism  which  will  afford  secure  foot-hold.  This 
may  be  effected  by  the  use  of  movable  steel  "  roughs  "  or 
"  sharps."  Of  course  the  cost  is  the  argument  against 
them,  but  this  should  be  considered  in  view  of  the  prob- 
ability or  certainty  of  loss  which  will  follow  from  neglect. 
If  we  allow  common  humanity  to  animals  to  enter  into 
the  consideration,  economy  will  be  served  by  adopting  a 
well  arranged  system  of  roughing.  Every  good  horseman 
appreciates  the  enormity  of  over- loading,  but  neglect  of 
roughing  causes  just  as  much  cruelty.  A  horse  that  on  a 
good  road  can  properly  draw  a  ton  would  be  considered 
over-loaded  with  two  tons,  and  his  struggles  to  progress 
would  at  once  attract  attention.  The  same  animal  with 
half  a  ton  on  an  ice-covered  surface  would  suffer  more 
exhaustion,  fatigue  and  fright,  and  run  more  risk  of  fatal 
injury  than  in  the  case  of  the  over-loading,  but  his  owner, 
who  would  indignantly  repudiate  the  one  condition,  will 
designedly  incur  the  other.  Probably  this  is  only  thought- 
lessness,  but   it   is   a   reflection   on   the   prudence   of   a 


116 


THE    ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 


Fig.  90  shows   various 


manager,  and  certainly  not  Mattering  to  the  teehngs  or 
intelHgence  of  a  man. 

There  are  many  ways  of  providing  foot-hold  for  a  horse 
on  ice  and  snow.  The  most  simple  and  temporary  pro- 
ceeding is  to  use  frost-nails, 
sizes  and  shapes  of  these  articles. 

They  are  not  driven  through  the  hoof  like  ordinary  nails, 
but  through  the  shoe  only,  which  is  prepared  for  their 
reception  at  the  time  of  fitting.  A  shoe  to  carry  frost- 
nails  is  fitted  a  little  wider  than  usual  at  the  heels  and  has 
at  its  extremities,  or  more  often  at  its  outer  extremities, 
countersunk  holes  stamped  and  directed  outwards,  so  that 
the  frost-nail  can  be  safely  driven  through  by  anyone,  and 
its  shank  turned  down  over  the  shoe.     There  is  a  difficulty 


Fig.  90.  -Various  frost-nails. 

ill  firmly  securing  them;  they  are  apt  to  work  loose  and 
then  become  bent  and  useless.  If  used  on  the  inside  heel 
of  a   shoe,   they  constitute  a  danger  to   the  opposite  leg 


'^  roughing:'  117 


should  they  bend  and  protrude  from  under  the  shoe.  As 
a  temporary  provision  against  a  sudden  frost  or  fall  of 
snow,  they  are  useful,  but  they  are  only  a  makeshift. 

The  more  permanent  and  effective  system  of  "rough- 
ing "  consists  in  removing  the  shoes  and  turning  down  a 
sharp  chisel  projection  at  the  heels.  In  very  bad  weather, 
a  projection  edge  is  also  laid  across  the  toe  of  the  shoe. 

The  diagrams  show  the  method  of  "  sharping  "  a  front 
and  hind  shoe  at  the  heels  only.  The  hind  shoe,  having 
calkins,  is  not  nmch  altered.  The  smith  simply  converts 
the  square  calkin  into  a  sharp-edged  one.  The  fore  shoe, 
having  no  calkins,  is  turned  down  at  the  heels  to  afford 
enough  iron  to  form  the  "  sharp."  But  this  shortens  the 
shoe,  and  if  it  be  repeated  two  or  three  times,  as  it 
often  is,  the  bearing-surface  is  spoiled,  and  the  slightest 
carelessness   in    fitting    the    shoe  causes  a  bruised  heel. 


; 


Fig.   gi.  —  Heels   of  fore   and   hind   shoes,    sharped. 

"  Koughing  '"  is  generally  done  in  a  hurry.  A  dozen 
horses  reach  the  farrier's  shop  at  one  time  and  all  desire 
to  return  to  work  with  as  little  delay  as  possible.  The 
work  is  perforce  hurried  through,  careful  fitting  cannot 
be  done,  and  bad-footed  horses  suffer  accordingly.  The 
dotted  lines  in  Fig.  91  show  the  original  length  of  shoe, 
and  the  shortening  which  results  from  a  second 
roughing. 

All  horse-owners  know  how  many  lame  horses  result 
from  the  repeated  roughings  necessitated  by  a  week  or 
two  of  wintry  weather.  Some  of  this  is  inevitable  from 
the  rush  and  hurry  which  cannot  be  prevented.  Valuable 
horses   with  weak  feet  should  not  be  submitted   to  any 


118 


THE    ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 


such  risk.  They  should  be  shod  with  removable  sharps. 
The  mere  fact  of  removing  a  horse's  shoes  perhaps  five  or 
six  times  in  a  month  must  injure  the  hoof.  Add  to  this 
the  shortening  of  the  shoe,  the  raising  of  the  heel  by 
the  roughing,  and  the  irregular  bearing  due  to  hurried 
fitting,  and  we  have  conditions  which  only  the  very 
strongest  feet  can  endure  without  serious  injury. 

For  heavy  draught  horses,  and  for  all  where  the 
roads  are  hilly,  the  toes  as  well  as  the  heels  must  be 
"  sharped  "  when  ice  and  snow  are  firm  on  the  surface. 
Fig.  92  shows  this  arrangement  at  the  toe.     The  remov- 


Fig.  92.— Toe  sharp. 


able  steel  "  sharps,"  of  which  I  have  spoken,  are  cer- 
tainly the  least  objectionable  method  of  providing  foot- 
hold in  winter.  They  are  made  in  various  sizes  to  suit 
all  kinds  of  shoes.  They  vary  m  shape  somewhat,  but 
their  form  is  more  a  matter  of  fancy  than  utility.     One 


Fig.  93. — Removable   steel  sharp. 


in  each  heel  of  a  shoe  is  the  usual  number  used,  but  if 
snow  and  ice  are  plentiful  and  the  roads  hilly,  two  addi- 
tional "  sharps  "  may  be  placed  at  the  toe  of  the  shoe. 


''ROUGHING:' 


119 


At  the  time  of  fitting  the  shoes,  holes  are  made  by 
first  punching  a  round  hole  through  the  heels — and 
through  the  toe  if  desired  ;  then  the  hole  is  "tapped  "  and 
a  thread  formed  to  fit  it  to  the  shank  of  the  sharp  which 
is  to  fill  it.  If  the  sharps  are  not  immediately  wanted, 
the  holes  may  be  filled  with  corks  to  keep  out  the  grit 
and  dirt.  When  corks  are  used,  the  wear  of  the  shoe 
causes  a  burr  to  form  round  the  edge  of  the  hole,  and 
before  the  sharp  can   be  screwed   in  a    "tap"  must  be 


Fig.  94. — Steel  sharps,  screw. 

worked  into  each  hole  to  clear  the  thread.  One  great 
objection  to  this  method  is  that  as  the  shoe  wears  it 
becomes  thinner,  and  if  much  worn,  the  shank  of  the 
"sharp"  may  be  too  long,  and  when  screwed  home 
cause  pressure  upon  the  hoof  and  consequent  lameness. 
To  guard  against  this,  steel  "blanks"  are  used  to  pre- 
serve the  holes,  and  when  a  frost  comes,  they  are 
removed  and  the  "  sharps  "  put  in. 


Fig.  95.— Blanks,  screwed. 

The  blanks  vary  in  height,  and,  of  course,  those  least 
in  height  are  best  for  the  horse's  action,  but  they  must 
not  be  allowed  to  get  so  worn  that  it  is  impossible  to 
remove  them. 


120 


THE    ART     OF    HORSESHOEING 


The  "  tapping  "  and  "  screwing"  of  shoes  is  expensive, 
and  in  small  shops  must  be  done  by  hand.  In  large 
shops,  a  gas  engine  and  a  machine  would  reduce  the  cost 
very  greatly,  and  if  the  system  came  into  general  use, 
this  method  of  providing  against  frost-bound  roads  could 


Fig.  g5. — Steel   Taps    for   screwing   shoes. 

be  carried  out  at  much  less  cost  than  now.  With  a  view 
to  economy  and  simplicity,  a  sharp  has  been  invented 
which  requires  no  screw.  The  shank  may  be  either 
round  or  square.  A  hole  is  punched  in  the  heel  of  the 
shoe  and  carefully  gauged  to  the  size  of  the  shank  of  the 
"sharp."     The  sharp  is  then  put    in  and  a  tap  of   the 


F""g-  97.— Steel   Sharps   and   Blank,    Plug  shanks. 

hammer  secures  it.  The  difficulty  is  to  get  the  hole  in 
the  shoe  and  the  shank  of  the  sharp  of  corresponding 
form  and  size.  When  this  is  done,  the  sharp  keeps  its 
place  and  is  not  difficult  to  remove.  Too  often,  however, 
they  are  not  uniform,  and  then  the  sharp  falls  out,  or 
sometimes  cannot  be  removed.  When  the  holes  are 
drilled  instead  of  punched,  the  fit  is  more  exact,  but  this 
only  applies  to  those  with  a  round  shank.     A  slight  taper 


"  ROUGHING."  121 

is  given  both  to  the  hole  and  the  shank  of  the  "  sharp." 
As  with  the  screw  sharps,  so  with  these,  blanks  are  used 
to  keep  the  holes  open  until  the  road-surface  requires  the 
sharp. 

No  sharps  should  be  left  in  shoes  when  the  horses 
are  stabled  at  night,  as  serious  injuries  to  the  coronet 
may  result  from  a  tread  by  the  opposite  foot.  The  coach- 
man or  horse-keeper  must  be  supplied  with  a  spanner  to 
remove  the  screws,  and  with  a  tap  to  clear  the  holes  if 
blanks  are  not  used. 

For  roads  not  badly  covered  with  snow  and  ice,  sufficient 
security  is  afforded  by  some  forms  of  india-rubber  pads, 
which  will  be  described  in  a  future  chapter. 


122  THE    ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 


Chapter  IX. 
Injuries  from    Shoeing. 

Even  with  the  most  careful  farrier  injury  may  occur 
during  shoeing,  or  may  arise  as  the  result  of  the  opera- 
tion. Sometimes  the  foot,  from  its  condition  or  form, 
renders  an  accident  possible,  and  it  may  be  so  diseased, 
or  defective,  as  to  render  shoeing  with  safety  very 
improbable.  Sometimes  the  shoe  is  to  blame,  and  some- 
times the  nail  or  clip.  k  few  words  about  each  of  the 
common  injuries  may  be  useful  as  helps  to  their  avoid- 
ance or  as  guides  to  their  remedying. 

From  Nails  two  kinds  of  injury  may  result.  The 
most  common  arises  from  the  nail  being  driven  too  near 
the  sensitive  parts,  and  is  known  as  a  hind.  The  nail  does 
not  really  penetrate  the  sensitive  foot,  but  is  so  near  as 
to  press  unduly  upon  it.  This  condition  causes  lameness, 
which  is  generally  not  noticed  till  a  day  or  two  after  the 
shoeing.  It  is  readily  detected  by  the  farrier  on  remov- 
ing the  shoe  and  trying  all  the  tracks  of  the  nails  in  the 
hoof  by  pressure  with  pincers.  When  the  lameness  is 
slight,  removal  of  the  nail  and  one  or  two  day's  rest  are 
all  that  is  required.  When  the  lameness  is  great,  it  may 
be  suspected  that  the  injury  has  caused  the  formation  of 
matter  within  the  hoof.  This  must,  of  course,  be  allowed 
to  escape,  and  the  services  of  a  veterinary  surgeon  are 
advisable. 

Any  neglect  in  these  cases,  such  as  working  the  horse 
after  lameness  has  appeared,  or  delay  in  removing  the 
offending  nail,  may  lead  to  very  serious  changes  in  the 
foot,  or  even  to  death  of  the  horse. 

Another  injury  caused  by  nails  is  from  a  direct  puncture 
of  the  sensitive  foot.  This  may  be  slight,  as  in  cases 
where  the  farrier  in  driving  the  nail  misdirects  it  and  so 


INJURIES    FROM     SHOEING  123 

stabs  the  sensitive  parts,  but  immediately  withdraws  the 
nail,  knowing  what  has  happened.  The  lameness  result- 
ing from  this  is  usually  slight.  Very  much  more  serious 
is  the  lameness  resulting  from  a  nail  which  pierces  the 
sensitive  foot  and  is  not  recognised  at  once  by  the  farrier. 
As  a  rule,  lameness  is  immediate,  and  should  the  horse 
perform  a  journey  before  the  nail  is  removed,  serious 
damage  is  certain  to  follow. 

Want  of  skill  in  driving  a  nail  is  not  always  the 
chief  cause  of  "binding"  or  "pricking"  ahorse.  More 
often  than  not  the  form  and  position  of  the  nail-holes  is 
the  primary  cause,  for  if  the  nail-holes  in  the  shoe  are 
too  "  coarse"  or  badly  pitched,  it  is  quite  impossible  to 
safely  drive  nails  through  them.  Sometimes  the  nails 
are  defective,  and  this  was  much  more  common  when 
nails  were  all  hand-made.  Bad  iron  or  bad  workman- 
ship led  to  nails  splitting  within  the  hoof,  and  whilst 
one  half  came  out  through  the  wall,  the  other  portion 
turned  in  and  penetrated  the  sensitive  foot,  causing  a 
most  dangerous  injury.  The  best  brands  of  machine- 
made  nails,  now  generally  used,  are  remarkably  free  from 
this  defect. 

No  lameness  resulting  from  injury  by  a  nail  should 
be  neglected.  If  detected  and  attended  to  at  once,  few 
cases  are  serious.  If  neglected,  the  very  simplest  may 
end  in  permanent  damage  to  the  horse.  By  treating  these 
accidents  as  unpardonable,  horse-owners  rather  encourage 
farriers  to  disguise  them  or  not  to  acknowledge  them.  If 
the  workman  would  always  be  careful  to  search  for  injury, 
and  when  he  found  it  acknowledge  the  accident,  many 
simple  cases  would  cease  to  develop  into  serious  ones. 
Frank  acknowledgment  is  always  best,  but  is  less  likely 
to  take  place  when  it  is  followed  by  unqualified  blame  than 
when  treated  as  an  accident  which  may  have  been  accom- 
panied by  unavoidable  difficulties. 

From  Clips  lameness  may  arise.  A  badly  drawn  clip 
is  not  easily  laid   level   and   flat   on   the  wall.      When 


124  THE    ART     OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

hammered  down  excessively,  it  causes  pressure  on  the 
sensitive  foot,  and  lameness.  When  side  clips  are  used — 
one  each  side  of  the  foot — it  is  not  difficult  to  cause  lame- 
ness by  driving  them  too  tightly  against  the  wall.  They 
then  hold  the  hoof  as  if  in  a  vice.  When  shoes  get  loose 
or  are  partially  torn  off,  the  horse  may  tread  on  the  clip, 
and  if  it  be  high  and  sharp,  very  dangerous  wounds 
result. 

From  the  Shoe,  injury  results  from  any  uneven  pres- 
sure, especially  when  the  horny  covering  of  the  foot  is 
weak  and  thin.  The  horn  becomes  broken  and  split,  and 
the  bearing  for  a  shoe  is  more  or  less  spoiled.  Flat  feet 
are  liable  to  be  bruised  by  the  pressure  of  the  inner 
circumference  of  the  shoe  at  the  toe.  Lameness  from 
this  cause  is  easily  detected  by  removing  the  shoe  and 
testing  the  hoof  with  the  pincers.  If  attended  to  at  once, 
and  the  bearing  of  the  shoe  removed  from  the  part,  little 
injury  results.  If  neglected,  inflammatory  changes  in  the 
sensitive  parts  are  sure  to  arise. 

Corns  in  horses  are  due  to  bruising  of  the  angle  of  the 
sole  by  the  heel  of  the  shoe.  A  wide,  open  foot  with  low 
heels  is  most  likely  to  suffer,  but  any  foot  may  be  injured. 
The  most  common  seat  of  injury  is  the  inner  lieel 
of  a  fore-foot.  Even  a  properly  fitted  shoe  may  cause 
a  corn  if  retained  too  long  upon  a  foot,  as  then,  owing 
to  the  growth  of  the  hoof,  its  extremity  is  carried  forward 
from  beneath  the  wall  so  as  to  press  upon  the  sole. 
A  short  shoe,  fitted  too  close  on  the  inside,  is  the  most 
common  cause  of  corn.  To  guard  against  the  shoe 
being  trodden  on  by  the  opposite  foot,  the  inside  is 
generally  fitted  close,  and  to  guard  against  being  trodden 
on  by  the  hind  foot,  it  is  often  fitted  short.  Thus  to  pre- 
vent accidents  of  one  kind  methods  are  adopted  which, 
being  a  little  overdone,  lead  to  injury  of  another.  A  not 
uncommon  error  in  the  preparation  of  the  foot  for 
shoeing  may  also  lead  to  the  production  of  the  so-called 
corn.     If  the  wall  on  the  inside  heel  be  lowered  more  than 


INJURIES  FROM  SHOEING. 


125 


it  should  be,  the  horn  of  the  sole  is  left  higher  than  the 
wall,  and  then  a  level  shoe  presses  unevenly  upon  the 
higher  part. 

A  corn,  be  it  remembered,  is  not  a  tumour  or  a  growth, 
it  is  merely  a  bruise  of  the  sensitive  foot  under  the  horn 
of  the  sole.  It  shows  itself  by  staining  the  horn  red,  just 
as  a  bruise  on  the  human  body  shows  the  staining  of  the 
skin  above  it.  To  "cut  out  a  corn"  with  the  idea  of 
removing  it  is  simply  an  ignorant  proceeding.  If  a  corn 
be  slight,  all  that  is  necessary  is  to  take  off  the  pressure 
of  the  shoe,  and  this  is  assisted  by  removing  a  thin  slice 
or  two  of  horn  at  the  part.  When  the  injury  is  very 
great,  matter  may  be  formed  under  the  horn,  and,  of 
course,  must  be  let  out  by  removal  of  the  horn  over  it. 
Provided  there  is  no  reason  to  believe  that  matter  has 
formed,  a  corn,  i.e.,  the  bruised  and  discoloured  horn, 
should  not  be  dug-  out  in  the  ruthless  manner  so  com- 
monly  adopted.  Cutting  away  all  the  horn  of  the  sole  at 
the  heels  leaves  the  wall  without  any  support.  When 
the  shoe  rests  upon  the  wall  it  is  unable  to  sustain  the 


Fig.  98. — Three-quarter  Shoe. 

weight  without  yielding,  and  thus  an  additional  cause  of 
irritation  and  soreness  is  manufactured.  The  excessive 
paring  of  corns  is  the  chief  reason  of  the  difficulty  of 
getting  permanently  rid  of  them.     The  simplest  device  for 


126  THE    ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

taking  all  pressure  off  a  corn  is  to  cut  off  an  inch  and  a 
half  of  the  inner  heel  of  the  shoe.  AVith  the  three-quar- 
ter shoe  (Fig.  98)  a  horse  will  soon  go  sound,  and  his  foot 
will  then  resume  its  healthy  state.  The  saying  "once  a 
corn,  always  a  corn  "  is  not  true,  but  it  is  true  that  a 
bruised  heel  is  tender  and  liable  to  bruise  again,  from 
very  slight  unevenness  of  pressure,  for  at  least  three 
months.  All  that  is  necessary  is  care  in  fitting  and 
abstention  from  removal  of  too  much  horn  at  the  part. 
Of  course,  when  the  degree  of  lameness  is  such  as  to 
suggest  that  matter  is  formed,  the  horn  must  be  cut 
away,  so  as  to  afford  an  exit  for  it,  but  the  majority  of 
corns  are  detected  long  before  the  stage  of  suppuration 
has  resulted  from  a  bruise. 

A  Burnt  Sole. — In  fitting  a  hot  shoe  to  a  foot  it 
sometimes  happens  that  the  sensitive  parts  under  the 
sole  at  the  toe  are  injured  by  heat.  This  is  most  likely 
to  occur  with  a  foot  on  which  the  horn  is  thin,  especially 
if  it  also  be  flat  or  convex.  Burning  the  sole  is  an  injury 
which  must  be  put  down  to  negligence.  It  does  not 
occur  from  the  shoe  being  too  hot,  but  from  its  being  too 
long  retained,  and  may  be  expected  when  the  fireman  is 
seen  holding  a  dull- red  hot  shoe  on  to  a  foot,  with  a 
doorman  assisting  to  "bed  it  in"  by  pressing  it  to  the 
foot  with  a  rasp.  AVhen  the  heat  of  a  shoe  penetrates 
through  the  horn  with  sufficient  intensity  to  blister  the 
sensitive  parts  of  the  foot,  great  pain  and  lameness 
result.  In  many  cases,  separation  of  the  sole  from  the 
"quick"  takes  place,  and  some  weeks  pass  before  the 
horse  can  resume  work. 

Treads  are  injuries  to  the  coronet  caused  by  the 
shoe  of  the  opposite  foot,  and  are  usually  found  on  the 
front  or  inside  of  the  hind  feet.  The  injury  may  take 
the  form  of  a  bruise  and  the  skin  remain  unbroken  ;  it 
may  appear  as  a  superficial  jagged  wound  ;  or  it  may  take 
the  form  of  a  tolerably  clean  cut,  in  which  case,  although 


INJURIES     FROM     SHOEING.  127 

at  first  bleeding  is  very  free,  ultimate  recovery  is  rapid. 
Bruises  on  the  coronet — just  where  hair  and  hoof  meet- 
are  always  to  be  looked  upon  as  serious.  The  slighter 
cases,  after  a  few  days'  pain  and  lameness,  pass  away, 
leaving  only  a  little  line  showing  where  the  hoof  has 
separated  from  the  skin.  This  separation  is  not  serious 
unless  a  good  deal  of  swelling  has  accompanied  it,  and 
even  then  only  time  is  required  to  effect  a  cure.  In  more 
serious  cases  an  extensive  slough  takes  place,  and  the 
coronary  band,  which  secretes  the  wall,  may  be  damaged. 

The  worst  cases  are  those  in  which  deep  seated  abscesses 
occur,  as  they  often  terminate  in  a  "  quittor."  The 
farrier  should  always  recognize  a  tread  as  possibly  dan- 
gerous, and  obtain  professional  advice. 

It  is  a  common  custom  to  rasp  away  the  horn  of  the 
wall  immediately  beneath  any  injury  of  the  coronet,  but 
it  is  a  useless  proceeding,  which  weakens  the  hoof  and 
does  no  good  to  the  inflamed  tissues  above  or  beneath. 

Treads  are  most  common  in  horses  shod  with  heavy 
shoes  and  high  calkins — a  fact  which  suggests  that  a  low, 
square  calkin  and  a  shoe  fitted  not  too  wide  at  the  heels  is 
a  possible  preventive." 

*' Cutting"  or  '*  Brushing." 

By  these  terms  is  meant  the  injury  to  the  inside  of  the 
fetlock  joint  which  results  from  bruising  by  the  opposite 
foot.  Possibly  some  small  proportion  of  such  injuries  are 
traceable  to  the  system  of  shoeing,  to  the  form  of  shoe,  or 
to  the  action  of  the  horse.  They  are,  with  few  exceptions, 
the  direct  result  of  want  of  condition  in  the  horse  and  are 
almost  confined  to  young  horses,  old,  weak  horses,  or 
animals  that  have  been  submitted  to  some  excessively 
long  and  tiring  journey.  The  first  thing  a  horse-owner 
does  when  his  horse  "  brushes  "  is  to  send  him  to  the  far- 
rier to  have  his  shoes  altered.  In  half  the  cases  there  is 
nothing  wrong  with  the  shoes,  and  all  that  is  required  is  a 
little  patience  till  the  horse  gains  hard  condition.  At  the 
commencement  of  a  coaching    season,    half  the  horses 


128  THE     ART     OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

"  cut  "  their  fetlocks,  no  matter  how  they  are  shod.  At 
the  end  of  the  season,  none  of  them  touch  the  opposite 
joint,  with  perhaps  a  few  exceptions  afdicted  with  defec- 
tive formation  of  limb,  or  constitutions  that  baffle  all 
attempts  at  getting  hard  condition.  The  same  thing  is 
seen  in  cab  and  omnibus  stock.  All  the  new  horses  "  cut " 
their  legs  for  a  few  weeks.  The  old  ones,  with  a  few 
exceptions,  work  in  any  form  of  shoe,  but  never  touch 
their  joints.  They  "cut"  when  they  are  out  of  condi- 
tion— when  their  limbs  soon  tire  ;  but  they  never  "  cut  " 
when  they  are  in  condition — when  they  have  firm  control 
of  the  action  of  their  limbs.  There  are,  however,  a  few 
horses  that  are  always  a  source  of  trouble,  and  there  are 
conditions  of  shoeing  which  assist  or  prevent  the  injury. 
The  hind  legs  are  the  most  frequently  affected,  and  this 
because  of  the  calkins.  Many  horses  will  cease  "  cutting  " 
at  once  if  the  calkins  of  the  shoes  be  removed  and  a  level 
shoe  adopted. 


Fig.  gg.— "  Knocked-up  "    Shoes— with   or   without   an    inner   Calkin. 

There  are  certain  forms  of  shoe  which  are  supposed  to  be 
specially  suitable  as  preventives.  A  great  favourite  is  the 
"knocked-up  shoe,"  i.e.,  a  shoe  with  no  nails  on  the  inside, 
except  at  the  toe,  and  a  skate-shaped  inner  branch. 


INJURIES  FROM  SHOEING.  129 


These  shoes  are  fitted  not  only  close  to  the  inner  border 
of  the  wall,  but  within  it,  and  the  horn  at  the  toe  is  then 
rasped  off  level  with  the  shoe.  Whether  they  are  of  any 
use  is  a  question,  but  there  is  no  question  of  the  harm 
they  do  to  the  foot.  Some  farriers  are  partial  to  a  three- 
quarter  shoe — one  from  which  a  couple  of  inches  of  the 
inside  heel  has  been  removed.  Some  thicken  the  outside 
toe,  some  the  inside  toe.  Some  raise  one  heel,  some  the 
other,  and  some  profess  to  have  a  principle  of  fitting  the 
shoe  based  upon  the  formation  of  a  horse's  limb  and  the 
peculiarity  of  his  action.  If  in  practice  success  attended 
these  methods,  I  should  advise  their  adoption,  but  my 
experience  is  that  numerous  farriers  obtain  a  special  name 
for  shoeing  horses  that  "  cut,"  when  their  methods, 
applied  to  quite  similar  cases,  are  as  antagonistic  as  the 
poles.  A  light  shoe  without  calkins  has  at  any  rate  nega- 
tive properties — it  will  not  assist  the  horse  to  injure  him- 
self. For  all  the  other  forms  and  shapes  I  have  a  pro- 
found contempt,  but  as  people  will  have  changes,  and  as 
the  most  marked  departure  from  the  ordinary  seems  to 
give  the  greatest  satisfaction,  it  is  perhaps  "  good 
business  "  to  supply  what  is  appreciated. 

The  two  great  cures  for  "  cutting  "  are — regular  work 
and  good  old  beans.  When  a  man  drives  a  horse  forty 
miles  in  a  day  at  a  fast  pace  he,  of  course,  blames  the 
farrier  for  all  damage  to  the  fetlocks.  He  is  merely 
illogical. 

Over=  Reaching. 

This  is  an  injury  to  the  heel — generally  the  inner — of  a 
front  foot.  The  heel  is  struck  by  the  inner  border  of  the 
toe  of  the  hind  shoe.  Over-reach  mostly  occurs  at  a 
gallop  in  this  country,  but  is  seen  in  America  as  the  result 
of  a  mis-step  in  the  fast  trotters.  An  over-reach  can  only 
occur  when  the  fore-foot  is  raised  from  the  ground  and 
the  hind  foot  reaches  right  into  the  hollow  of  the  fore- 
foot. When  the  fore  and  hind  feet  in  this  position 
separate,  the  inner  border  of  the  toe  of   che  hind  shoe 


130  THE    ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING 

catches  the  heel  of  the  fore-foot  and  cuts  off  a  shce.    This 
cut  portion  often  hangs  as  a  flap,   and  when  it  does,  the 


Fig.  100. — Toe  of  hind  shoe  showing  the  edge  which  cuts  the  heel  of  fore-foot. 

attachment  is  always  at  the  back,  showing  that  the  injury 
was  not  from  behind  forwards,  as  it  would  be  if  caused  by 
a  direct  blow,  but  from  before  backwards  ;  in  other  words, 
by  a  dragging  action  of  the  hind  foot  as  it  leaves  the  front 
one.  An  over-reach,  then,  may  result  either  from  the  fore- 
limb  being  insufficiently  extended,  or  from  the  hind-limb 
being  over  extended. 

The  prevention  of  this  injury  is  effected  by  rounding  off 
the  inside  edge  of  the  hind  shoe  as  shown  below. 


Fig.  loi. — Toe  of  hind  shoe   showing   rounded   inside  border. 

Speedy-Cut. 

This  is  an  injury  inflicted  on  the  inner  surface  of  the 
lower  part  of  the  knee  joint  by  a  blow  from  the  toe  of  the 
shoe  of  the  opposite  foot.     It  occurs  at  a  trot,  and  very 


INJURIES    FROM    SHOEING.  131 

seldom  except  when  a  horse  is  tired  or  over-paced.  A 
horse  that  has  once  '*  speedy-cut  "  is  apt  to  do  so  again, 
and  it  may  cause  him  to  fall.  Such  horses  should  be 
shod  "  close  "  on  the  inside,  and  care  should  be  taken  that 
the  heel  of  the  foot  which  strikes  should  be  kept  low.  In 
some  cases,  a  three-quarter  shoe  (see  Fig.  98)  on  the 
offending  foot  prevents  injury. 

*' Forging"  or  "Clacking." 

This  is  not  an  injury,  but  an  annoyance.  It  is  the 
noise  made  by  the  striking  of  the  hind  shoe  against  the 
front  as  the  horse  is  trotting.  Horses  "  forge  "  when 
young  and  green,  when  out  of  condition,  or  tired.  As  a 
rule,  a  horse  that  makes  this  noise  is  a  slovenly  goer,  and 
will  cease  to  annoy  when  he  gets  strength  and  goes  up  to 
his  bit.  Shoeing  makes  a  difference,  and  in  some  cases 
at  once  stops  it.  The  part  of  the  front  shoe  struck  is  the 
inner  border  round  the  toe.     (Fig.  102).     The  part  of  the 


Fig.  102.— Toe  of  fore  shoe.    The  arrows  mark  the  place  struck  in  "  forging." 

hind  shoe  that  strikes  is  the  outer  border  at  the  inside 
and  outside  toe.     (Fig.  103). 

To  alter  the  fore  shoe,  round  off  the  inner  border ;  or 
use  a  shoe  with  no  inner  border,  such  as  the  concave 
hunting  shoe.  To  alter  the  toe  of  the  hind  shoe  is  useless, 
but  by  using  a  level  shoe  without  calkins  some  advantage 
is  gained.  A  so-called  "  diamond-toed  "  shoe  has  been 
recommended.     It  is  not  advisable,  as  it  does  no  good. 


132  THE    ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

except  by  causing  its  point  to  strike  the  sole  of  the  front 
foot.  If  by  such  a  dodge  the  sound  is  got  rid  of,  it  is  only 
by  running  the  risk  of  injuring  the  foot. 


Fig.  103. — Toe  of  hind  shoe  showing  the  edge  which  strikes  the  fore  shoe. 


Tig.  104.— Toe  ot  fore  shoe  with  inner  border  bevelled  oft. 


SHOEING     BAD     FEET.  133 


Chapter  X. 

Shoeing    Bad    Feet. 

Any  average  farrier  can  shoe  without  immediate  harm 
a  good,  well-formed  foot  that  has  a  thick  covering  of  horn, 
but  when  the  horn  is  deficient  in  quantity  or  quality 
injury  soon  takes  place  if  a  badly  fitted  shoe  be  applied. 
There  are  feet  which  from  disease  or  accident  or  bad  shoe- 
ing have  become,  more  or  less,  permanently  damaged. 
Some  are  seriously  altered  in  shape.  Some  are  protected 
only  by  an  unhealthy  horn,  and  some  show  definite 
changes  which  cause  weakness  at  a  special  part.  These 
are  the  feet  which  really  test  the  art  of  the  farrier,  for  he 
must  know  just  what  to  do  and  what  not  to  do,  and  must 
possess  the  skill  to  practice  what  he  knows. 

Flat  Feet. — Some  horses  are  born  with  flat  feet,  others 
acquire  them  as  the  result  of  disease.  Too  often  the  flat 
sole  has  another  defect  accompanying  it — low,  weak  heels. 
Such  feet  are  best  shod  with  a  seated  shoe  so  as  to  avoid 
any  uneven  pressure  on  the  sole,  and  the  shoes  should 
always  be  fitted  a  little  longer  than  the  bearing-surface  of 
the  foot,  so  as  to  avoid  any  risk  of  producing  a  bruise  at 
the  heel — in  other  words,  of  causing  a  corn.  The  seated 
shoe  is  not  advisable  on  a  hunter.  The  concave  shoe  used 
for  hunters  has  many  distinct  advantages  and  only  one 
disadvantage  for  a  flat  foot,  viz.,  that  it  has  a  wide,  flat 
foot-surface.  It  may  cause  an  uneven  pressure  at  the  toe 
on  a  flat  sole,  but  this  is  easily  avoided  by  not  making  it 
too  wide  ;  perhaps  the  very  worst  thing  to  do  with  a  flat 
foot  is  to  try  and  make  it  look  less  flat  by  paring  it  down. 
The  thinner  the  horn  the  greater  the  chance  of  injury  to 


134  THE    ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

the  sensitive  parts  under  it,  and  every  injury  tends  to 
make  the  sole  weaker.  Leaving  the  sole  strong  and  thick, 
whilst  fitting  the  shoe  to  avoid  uneven  pressure,  is  the 
principle  of  shoeing  to  be  adopted  with  flat  feet. 

Convex  Soles. — The  sole  of  the  foot  should  be  concave, 
but  as  the  result  of  disease  many  feet  become  convex. 
This  bulging  or  "dropping"  of  the  sole  varies  in  degree 
from  a  little  more  than  flat  to  an  inch  or  so  below  the 
level  of  the  wall.  When  the  under-surface  of  a  horse's 
foot  resembles  in  form  the  outside  of  a  saucer,  fitting  a 
shoe  becomes  a  work  of  art.  Very  often  the  wall  is  brittle 
and  broken  away,  and  it  is  most  difficult  to  find  sufficient 
bearing-surface  on  the  foot  for  a  shoe.  Many  of  these 
feet  may  be  safely  shod  with  a  narrow  shoe  that  rests  only 
on  the  wall  and  the  intermediate  horn  between  the  wall 
and  sole.  Such  a  shoe  may,  according  to  the  size  of  the 
foot,  be  five-eights  or  even  three-quarters  of  an  inch  wide. 
Its  thickness  is  to  be  such  as  will  prevent  the  sole  taking 
any  direct  bearing  on  the  ground,  and  sometimes  a  shoe 
of  this  form  is  much  thicker  than  it  is  wide.  The  advan- 
tage of  this  shoe  is  that  it  is  so  narrow  that  any  bearing 
on  the  sole  is  avoided.  The  disadvantage  is  that  on  rough 
roads  the  sole  may  be  bruised  by  the  flint  or  granite 
stones.  When  the  horn  of  a  "dropped  "  sole  is  very  thin, 
or  when  the  horse  has  to  work  on  roads  covered  with 
sharp,  loose,  stones,  some  cover  for  the  sole  is  necessary, 
and  the  narrow  shoe  is  not  practicable.     To  provide  cover 


Improper  bearfng-surface.         Fig.  105.        A  level  bearing-surface. 

for  the  sole,  the  web  of  the  shoe  has  to  be  wide,  and  there- 
fore the  foot-surface  of  the  shoe  must  be  seated  out,  so  as 
to  avoid  contact  with  the  sole.      Too  often  the  seating  is 


SHOEING     BAD    FEET.  135 

continued  from  the  inner  to  the  outer  border  of  a  shoe, 
so  that  no  level  bearing- surface  is  provided  for  the  w^all 
to  rest  on.  This  kind  of  shoe  is  like  the  hollow  of  a 
saucer,  and,  w^hen  applied  to  a  foot,  is  certain  to  cause 
lameness  sooner  or  later.  Each  time  the  horse  rests  his 
w^eight  on  it  the  hoof  is  compressed  by  the  inclined  sur- 
face of  the  shoe,  which,  instead  of  providing  a  firm  bear- 
ing-surface, affords  only  an  ingenious  instrument  of 
torture. 

In  even  the  worst  of  these  deformed  feet  some  good, 
sound  horn  is  to  be  found  at  the  heels,  where  an  inch,  or 
sometimes  two,  can  be  utilized  for  level  bearing.  No 
matter  how  much  seating  is  required  at  the  toe  and 
quarters,  the  heel  of  the  shoe  may  always  be  made  level. 


Fig.  io6. — Box-seated  Shoe. 

What  is  called  a  "  box-seated  shoe  "  is  now  seldom 
used.  It  is  the  only  shoe  which  renders  a  horse  useful 
for  work  with  the  worst  forms  of  convex  soles.  It  is 
difficult  to  make  and  fit.  The  horse  with  such  a  deformed 
foot  as  to  require  it  is  never  quite  sound.  Magistrates  are 
very  much  inclined  to  look  upon  all  lameness  as  con- 
stituting "  cruelty  "  when  cases  are  brought  before  them. 
Horse-owners,  therefore,  seldom  attempt  to  keep  horses 
with  the  worst  form  of  convex  soles  at  work,  and  farriers 
are  not  required  to  provide  shoes  for  them. 

It  cannot  be  too  strongly  urged  that  in  the  prepara- 
tion of  feet  with  bulging  soles  no  horn  is  to  be  removed 
from  the  sole.      The  toe  is  to  be  shortened,   the  heels 


136 


THE    ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 


lowered  proportionately,  and  the  bearing-surface  of  the 
wall  made  level  with  a  rasp.  At  no  place  must  the  shoe 
rest  on  the  sole.  In  nearly  every  case,  the  toe  is  left  too 
long  and  the  bearing  taken  upon  it  by  the  shoe  only 
increases  the   deformity.      In  many   feet,   a  large   slice 


Fig.  107. 

Deformity  resulting 

from  laminitis. 


Fig.  108.  —  Section    showing 

how  iront  of  wall  is  separated 

from  sensitive  laminae. 


might  be  sawn  off  the  toe  with  advantage,  as  the  sensi- 
tive foot  is  separated  from  the  wall  by  a  mass  of  diseased 
horn  which  presses  the  wall  at  the  toe  forward.   (Fig.  107.) 


Sandcrack. — This  is  the  name  given  to  cracks  in  the 
wall,  which  commence  at  the  coronet  and  extend  down- 
wards. From  their  position  at  the  toe,  or  at  the  side  of 
the  hoof,  they  are  sometimes  called  respectively  "  toe- 
cracks "  and  "  quarter- cracks."  The  crack  may  be  very 
slight  and  may  exist  without  causing  lameness.  It  may 
appear  suddenly,  accompanied  by  great  lameness  and  by 
the  issue  of  blood  from  between  the  edges  of  the  divided 
wall.  These  are  grave  cases  which  require  surgical 
attendance.  Sandcracks  are  most  commonly  seen  in  dry, 
brittle  feet,  and  the  horses  most  subject  to  them  are  those 
employed  in  heavy  draught  work.  Railway  shunt-horses 
and  omnibus  horses  are  very  liable  to  be  troubled  with 
sandcracks  in  the  toe  of  the  hind  feet. 

In  shoeing  for  this  defect,  there  are  two  things  to  avoid  : 
{a)  not  to  place  any  direct  pressure  on  the  part ;   (b)  not 


SHOEING    BAD    FEET. 


137 


to  fit  a  shoe  which  will  tend  to  force  the  crack  open. 
Following  these  lines,  it  is  well  not  to  put  a  clip  exactly 
over  a  crack.  If  at  the  toe,  place  a  clip  each  side  of  the 
crack,  and  never  use  calkins  or  high  heels,  which  throw 
the  weigh  forward.  If  at  the  quarter,  avoid  a  spring- 
heeled  shoe  which  permits  the  downward  movement  of 
the  foot  behind  the  crack  and  so  forces  it  open.  In  all 
cases,  after  fitting  the  shoe  level  to  the  foot,  remove  a  little 
more  horn  just  below  the  crack,  so  as  to  relieve  the  direct 
bearing  on  the  part.     (Fig.  109.) 


Fig.  log. — Horn  removed  to        Fig.  no. — Bearing  relieved  at  wrong  place 
prevent  pressure.  by  "  springing  "   the   heel. 

In  the  case  of  a  crack  extending  the  whole  space  of  the 
wall,  some  provision  should  always  be  made  to  keep  it 


Fig.   III. — French   clip  in   quarter. 


Fig.  112. — Clips  in  toe. 


from  opening,  because  every  step  of  the  horse,  especially 
when  drawing  a  load,  causes  an  outward  pressure  at  the 
coronet.  This  pressure  forces  the  hoof  apart,  and  the 
injury  caused  does  not  cease  with  the  pain  and  lameness 
which  follow,  and  which  may  be  temporary.  Doubtless, 
the  original  cause  of  a  sandcrack  is  some  morbid  condi- 
tion  of  the  coronary    band — the  band  from    which    the 


138 


THE     ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 


wall  grows.     The  sensitive  laminae  are  at  first  not  affected 

further  than  by  the  inflamma- 
tion consequent  upon  the  direct 
tearing  which  occurs  when  the 
crack  takes  place.  The  con- 
tinued irritation,  kept  up  by  a 
persistent  fissure  in  the  horn 
covering  the  laminae,  soon 
causes  other  serious  changes 
which  tend  to  make  the  sand- 
crack  a  permanent  disease. 
Thus,  even  the  smallest  crack 
should  be  attended  to  and 
measures  adopted  to  prevent  its 
enlargement,  or,  when  exten- 
sive, to  limit  all  opening  and 
shutting  movement  of  the  hoof. 

This  is  sometimes  attempted 
by  a  simple  leather  strap  tightly 
applied,  or  by  binding  the  foot 
with  string  or  tape.  Tape  is 
less  liable  to  slip  than  string. 
When  the  hoof  is  sufficiently 
thick,  two  nails  may  be  driven 
in  opposite  directions  transver- 
sely through  the  crack  and 
clinched  ;  or  French  sandcrack- 
clips  (Figs.  Ill  and  112)  maybe 
used,  which  are  easily  applied. 
The  instruments  necessary  are 
shown  in  Fig.  113.  The  iron  (&) 
Fig.  „3  is  made  red-hot  and  pressed  on 

the  hoof  across  the  crack,  so  as 
to  burn  a  groove  each  side  of  it.  Into  these  grooves  the 
clip  (a)  is  put,  and  the  pincers  (c)  are  then  used  to  com- 
press the  clip  firmly  into  its  place.  There  is  a  strain 
upon  the  clips,  and  sometimes  one  breaks.  It  is  there- 
fore necessary  always  to  use  two,  and  for  an  extensive 
crack  three  may  be  employed. 


shop:ing   bad   feet.  139 

All  these  appliances  tend  to  keep  the  lips  of  the  crack 
from  separating,  but  they  do  not  prevent  the  edges  of  a 
deep,  wide  crack  from  being  forced  together,  and  thus 
pinching  the  sensitive  parts.  To  provide  against  this 
injury,  a  slip  of  hard  wood  may  be  fitted  into  the  crack, 
and  then  the  nails  or  clips  may  be  more  safely  drawn 
tight  without  fear  of  injury,  and  with  a  better  chance  of 
preventing  any  movement  in  the  edges  of  the  crack.  To 
insert  the  wood,  the  crack  is  converted  into  a  groove 
nearly  as  deep  as  the  wall,  about  three-eighths  of  an  inch 
wide,  with  straight  sides,  or  better  still,  with  a  little 
greater  width  at  the  bottom  than  at  the  surface.  Into 
such  a  groove,  a  piece  of  wood  formed  to  fit  it  is  gently 
driven  from  below  and  rasped  off  to  fit  exactly.  Or  soft- 
ened gutta-percha  may  be  pressed  firmly  into  the  space 
and  levelled  off  when  cold. 

To  "cutout"  a  sandcrack,  except  for  the  purpose  of 
refilling  it,  is  bad  practice  ;  it  favours  movement  and  helps 
to  make  the  defect  permanent.  To  rasp  away  the  horn 
so  that  only  a  thin  layer  is  left  is  also  injurious.    No  horn 


Fig.  114. — Shoe  with  heel  clips  for  sandcrack. 

should  be  removed,  except  for  the  fitting  of  a  plug,  as 
above  described,  or,  under  veterinary  direction,  for  the 
purpose  of  giving  vent  to  matter  which  has  formed  within 
the  hoof. 

In  many  European  countries,   a  shoe  is  used  for  toe- 
cracks  which  has  two  clips  drawn  on  the  inside  border  of 


140  THE    ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

the  shoe  at  the  heels.  These  cHps  catch  the  bars  of  the 
hoof  and  prevent  the  heels  of  the  foot  closing  in.  The 
idea  is  that  when  the  wall  at  the  heels  contracts,  there  is 
a  tendency  for  the  wall  at  the  toe,  if  separated  by  a 
crack,  to  open.  Fig.  114  shows  the  position  of  the  clips, 
which  must  be  carefully  fitted,  so  as  to  rest  on  the  inside 
of  the  bars.  Mr.  Willis,  V.S.,  has  tried  the  shoes  and 
speaks  well  of  their  utility. 

When  the  crack  is  in  the  quarters  of  the  foot,  it  is  not 
the  tendency  to  expansion  of  the  hoof  that  has  to  be 
guarded  against.  It  is  the  downward  motion  of  the 
heels  that  forces  open  a  crack  in  this  position.  The 
farrier  provides  against  this  by  taking  care  to  have  a 
firm  bearing  of  the  shoe  on  the  hoof  behind  the  crack,  as 
shown  in  Fig.  109. 

Contracted  Feet. — Some  diseases  of  the  foot  lead  to 
contraction  of  the  hoof,  which  is  most  noticeable  round 
the  coronet  and  at  the  heels.  Any  long  continued  lame- 
ness, which  prevents  the  horse  placing  the  usual  weight 
on  the  foot,  may  be  accompanied  by  contraction.  Con- 
stant cutting  away  of  the  bars  and  paring  the  frog,  so 
that  it  takes  no  contact  with  the  ground,  also  leads  to 
shrinking  in  of  the  heels.  By  lowering  the  heels  and 
letting  the  frog  alone,  many  feet  will  in  time  widen  out 
to  their  proper  size,  but  no  system  of  shoeing  is  so  good 
for  contracted  feet  as  the  use  of  tips,  which  leave  the 
whole  back  part  of  the  hoof  to  take  direct  bearing  on  the 
ground. 

Many  shoes  have  been  invented  for  forcing  open  the 
heels  of  contracted  feet.  Some  have  had  a  hinge  at  the 
toe  and  a  moveable  screw  at  the  heel.  Some  have  had 
the  bearing-surface  at  the  heels  made  with  a  slope  out- 
wards (see  Fig.  39,  page  6G),  so  that  the  weight  of  the 
horse  should  constantly  tend  to  force  the  heels  apart. 
There  is  no  necessity  for  any  of  these  contrivances.  A 
properly  fitted  tip  (see  Fig.  89  page  110)  will  permit  the 
hoof  gradually  to  expand  to  its  healthy  size  and  form. 


SHOEING     BAD     FEET.  141 

Seedy-Toe. — This  is  a  condition  of  the  wall  usually 
found  at  the  toe,  but  not  uncommon  at  the  quarters.  It 
is  not  common  in  hind  feet,  but  occurs  sometimes.  When 
the  shoe  is  removed,  a  separation  is  noticed  between  the 
sole  and  the  wall,  and  this  separation  may  extend  up  the 
wall  nearly  to  the  coronet.  As  a  rule,  the  space  so 
formed  is  a  narrow  one,  but  it  may  be  wide  enough  to 
admit  three  fingers  of  a  man's  hand.  Probably  all  seedy 
toes  result  from  some  injury  or  disease  of  the  coronary 
band,  from  which  the  wall  grows,  and  the  first  appear- 
ance is  not  a  cavity,  but  a  changed  and  softened  horn, 
which  may  be  dry  and  crumbly,  or  moist  and  cheesy. 
The  diseased  horn  may  be  scraped  out  and  the  cavity 
filled  with  tar  and  tow.  The  wall  bounding  the  cavity 
should  be  relieved  of  all  pressure  on  the  shoe,  and  if  a 
radical  cure  be  desired,  all  the  unattached  wall  should  be 
cut  away.  This,  however,  should  be  done  under  veter- 
inary guidance. 

Turning  in  of  the  Wall. — By  this  expression,  I  mean 
those  cases  of  weak,  low  heels  in  which  the  border  of  the 
wall  turns  inwards.  Such  a  form  of  horn  offers  no 
suitable  bearing,  and  if  submitted  to  pressure  by  a  shoe, 
gets  worse.  Too  often  this  condition  is  treated  by  paring 
away  the  sole  within,  which  increases  the  deformity. 
The  sole  should  not  be  cut,  but  be  left  as  strong  as 
possible.  The  curled- in  border  of  the  wall  should  be  cut 
down  and  all  bearing  taken  off  the  shoe.  In  one  or  two 
shoeings,  the  wall  will  resume  its  proper  form.  When 
both  heels  are  so  affected,  and  the  horse  has  to  remain  at 
work,  only  one  heel  must  be  treated  at  a  time.  The 
extreme  point  of  the  heel  is  never  affected  and  affords  a 
point  for  bearing  when  the  border  of  wall  in  front  of  it  is 
cut  away,  so  as  not  to  touch  the  shoe. 

Twisted-Feet. — There  are  many  feet  of  irregular  shape, 
some  natural  to  the  horse — born  with  it — some  caused  by 
neglect  or  by  bad  shoeing.     Very  little  can  be  done  by  the 


142  THE    ART     OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 


farrier  to  improve  a  natural  badly  formed  foot.  The 
"twisted"  foot  that  results  from  negligence  may  be 
remedied  or  at  least  much  improved  by  care  in  shoeing. 
The  wall  of  the  foot  is  constantly  growing,  and  under 
normal  conditions  grows  at  the  same  rate  all  over.  As 
it  grows  it  follows  a  certain  direction  in  accordance  with 
the  form  of  the  bone  within  the  hoof.  If  one  side  of  the 
hoof  be  allowed  to  long  remain  higher  than  the  other  side, 
the  weight  of  the  horse  is  unevenly  distributed  and  the 
growing  horn  is  deflected  from  its  proper  line.  The 
higher  side  receives  the  most  pressure  and  the  foot  is 
canted  over.  If  the  inner  side  of  a  hoof  be  left  too  high, 
the  tendency  is  for  it  to  come  in  at  its  lower  border  whilst 
the  outer  side  is  pushed  outwards.  If  the  outer  side  be 
left  too  high  there  is  not  such  a  tendency  to  turn  in, 
because  the  outer  side  is  always  more  inclined  outwards 
than  the  inner,  and  the  result  of  excessive  pressure  is 
simply  to  unnaturally  increase  the  outer  bulge  of  the 
border.  The  direction  of  the  twist  depends  upon  the 
height  of  the  sides  of  the  hoof,  but  it  is  modified  by  the 
original  direction  of  the  horn  and  also  by  the  form  of  the 
limb,  especially  by  that  part  from  the  fetlock  downwards. 
When  a  hoof  is  permitted  to  remain  twisted  for  many 
months  a  permanent  deformity  results,  as  the  bone  within 
becomes  altered  in  form  by  absorption  due  to  pressure. 
Such  cases  cannot  be  cured,  but  they  may  be  prevented 
from  getting  worse.  It  is  obvious  that  when  once  the 
wall  of  a  foot  has  become  deflected  from  its  proper  course 
the  evil  rapidly  increases,  because  the  weight  of  the  animal 
is  constantly  acting  to  aggravate  the  condition.  Too 
often  no  notice  is  taken  of  a  twisted  foot  until  it  is  too 
late  to  bring  it  back  to  the  natural  form. 

The  first  thing  to  do  with  this  deformity  is  to  lower  the 
higher  side  of  the  hoof  with  the  rasp.  If  the  whole  foot 
be  overgrown  both  sides  must  be  lowered,  but  if  there  is 
very  little  excess  of  horn  the  lower  side  should  not  have 
any  removed.  It  must  not  be  attempted  to  make  a 
twisted  foot  level  at  one  shoeing.    The  alteration  requires 


SHOEING    BAD    FEET. 


143 


growth  of  horn,  and  the  over-lowering  must  be  repeated 
at  two  or  three  consecutive  shoeings  to  bring  about  a 
gradual  return  to  healthy  form.  In  Figs,  115,  116,  I  have 
attempted  to  show  a  normal  foot  and  a  twisted  one.     In 


Fig.  115. — Normal  Foot. 


Fig.  116.— Twisted  Foot. 


Fig.  117.— Sections. 


Normal  Foot  and  Shoe. 


Twisted  Foot  and  Shoe. 


Fig.  117  the  same  feet  are  indicated  in  section  to  show 
how  shoes  should  be  applied.  Instead  of  making  the 
border  of  the  shoe  follow  the  border  of  the  wall  with 
exactness  we  alter  the  fitting  considerably.  Where  the 
wall  is  turned  inwards  towards  the  centre  of  the  foot  we 
fit  the  shoe  prominently  full,  so  as  to  bring  the  base  upon 
which  the  limb  rests  as  near  as  possible  to  the  position  it 
would  occupy  were  the  foot  normal.      On  the  side  where 


144  THE    ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

the  wall  deviates  away  from  the  centre  of  the  foot  we  fit 
the  shoe  as  close  as  safety  in  driving  nails  will  allow,  and 
rasp  off  the  too  prominent  border  of  wall.  Thus  the 
bearing  for  the  horse  is  brought  more  into  the  proper 
position,  and  pressure  on  the  growing  wall  is  so  distributed 
that  a  return  to  the  natural  form  of  hoof  is  permitted  and 
assisted. 


Leather   and   rubber   pads.         145 


Chapter  XI. 
Leather  and  Eubber  Pads. 

In  the  days  when  farriers  were  driven  by  theoretical 
teachers  to  pare  out  the  soles  and  otherwise  rob  the  foot 
of  its  natural  covering  of  horn,  artificial  protection  had 
frequently  to  be  given  to  the  foot.  A  horse  with  a  thin 
sole  could  not  travel  over  rough  roads,  on  which  sharp, 
loose  stone  were  plentiful,  without  great  risk  of  injury  ; 
consequently,  in  those  times,  plates  of  leather  were  often 
used  to  protect  the  foot.  When  a  horse  went  "  a  little 
short  "  his  owner  not  unnaturally  concluded  that  he  had 
bruised  his  foot,  and  that  the  protection  of  a  leather  sole 
would  be  beneficial.  In  many  cases,  the  defective  action 
was  due  to  other  cause  than  bruising",  but  still  the  leather 
was  adopted,  and  it  soon  became  an  accepted  theory  that 
leather  soles  modified  concussion  and  protected  the  foot 
from  jar.  This  is  more  than  doubtful,  and  I  hold  a  very 
firm  opinion  that  a  plate  of  leather  between  the  shoe  and 
the  foot  has  no  such  effect,  whilst  it  interferes  with  the 
exactness  of  fit  of  the  shoe.  "  Leathers  "  are  useful  on 
weak  feet  to  protect  a  thin  or  defective  sole  from  injury. 
When  the  under  surface  of  a  foot  has  been  bruised,  cut 
through,  or  when  it  is  diseased,  leather  offers  a  useful  pro- 
tection, but  when  the  sole  is  firm  and  sound,  it  is  quite 
unnecessary. 

To  apply  leather  properly,  a  square  piece  fully  the  size 
of  the  shoe  is  taken.  A  portion  is  then  cut  out  where  the 
clip  has  to  fit,  and  all  protruding  parts  cut  away  level  with 
the  border  of  the  shoe.  If  applied  without  more  precau- 
tions, an  open  space  would  be  left  between  leather  and 
sole,  into  which  mud  and  grit  would  find  their  way,  and 
the  leather  would  soon  be  cut  through  by  resting  on  the 


146  THE    ART     OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

irregular  surface  of  the  frog.  To  prevent  this  mischief, 
the  under  surface  of  the  foot  is  made  level  before  the 
shoe  is  applied.  The  levelling'is  managed  by  spreading  a 
paste  of  tar  and  oatmeal  over  the  sole,  and  filling  up  the 
space  at  each  side  of  the  frog  with  tow.  Then  the  shoe, 
with  the  leather,  is  nailed  on  in  the  usual  manner. 

The  belief  in  leather  as  an  anti-concussive  appliance 
has  led  to  the  use  of  what  are  called  "ring-leathers." 
These  are  not  plates  covering  the  whole  under-surface  of 
the  foot,  but  narrow  bands  fixed  between  shoe  and  hoof. 
They  are  absolutely  useless  ;  in  fact,  their  only  possible 
effect  is  to  spoil  the  fit  of  the  shoe.  Plates  of  india-rubber 
have  been  tried  between  the  shoe  and  the  foot  as  preven- 
tives of  concussion.  They  invariably  fail  by  reason  of 
their  effect  upon  the  shoe.  At  each  step  when  the 
weight  of  the  horse  comes  on  the  foot,  the  elastic  rubber 
yields,  the  shoe  is  pressed  closer  to  the  foot,  the  nails  are 
loosened,  and  when  the  foot  is  raised  the  rubber  rebounds. 
The  shoe  soon  becomes  so  loose  that  it  is  cast  or  torn  off. 
Nothing  elastic  should  be  placed  between  shoe  and  foot. 
When  an  elastic  or  spring  is  applied  it  must  be  between 
the  shoe  and  the  ground. 

Various  arrangements  have  been  adopted  to  supply  the 
horse's  foot  with  some  provision  against  concussion. 
Injured  and  diseased  feet  may  no  doubt  be  benefitted  by 
some  elastic  appliance,  which  secures  them  from  the  jar 
of  contact  on  a  hard  road.  They  may  be  protected  against 
direct  bruise.  The  healthy  foot  requires  no  such  protec- 
tion. Nature  has  covered  it  with  a  thick  layer  of  horn 
and  has  provided  against  concussion  by  quite  other  means 
— by  the  co-ordinate  action  of  muscles,  by  the  oblique 
position  of  the  pastern,  and  by  the  construction  of  the 
back  part  of  the  foot. 

Quite  apart  from  any  attempt  to  prevent  concussion,  a 
valuable  use  has  been  found  tor  india-rubber  pads  in  con- 
nection with  horse-shoeing.  The  improvement  in  modern 
road-surfaces  has  been  accompanied  by  an  increased 
facility  for  slipping,  and  it  has  been  found  that  no  material 


LEATHER    AND    RUBBER    PADS. 


147 


gives  such  security  of  foot-hold  on  smootli  surfaces  as 
india-rubber. 

The  earliest  of  these  contrivances  with  which  I  am 
acquainted  was  formed  so  as  to  leave  the  frog  uncovered 
whilst  a  bearing  of  rubber  was  given  all  round  the  inner 
circumference  of  the  shoe.  This  pad  had  a  wide,  flat 
border,  which  fitted  under  the  shoe,  with  which  it  was 
nailed  on  the  foot.  Its  great  objection  was  that  it  could 
not  be  nicely  fitted  on  many  feet  without  first  cutting  away 
the  bars. 

Then  we  had  rubber  pads  which  were  not  nailed  on 
with  the  shoe,  but  which  fitted  into  the  shoe  and  were 
removed  at  will.  The  objection  to  these  was  that  they 
could  only  be  used  with  a  seated  shoe  and  could  not  be 
applied  with  a  narrow  shoe  or  one  possessing  a  flat  foot- 
surface. 

The  next  foim  to  appear  was  a  leather  sole  on  which 


Fig.  ii8. — Frog-pad. 

an  artificial  frog  was  fixed.  Great  difficulty  was  at  first 
experienced  in  fixing  this  frog  so  that  it  remained  firm. 
The  difficulty  has  not  yet  been  surmounted  by  all  makers, 
but  Mr.  G.  Urquhart,  of  London,  makes  a  most  reliable 
article.  These  "  frog-pads  "  certainly  give  a  very  good 
foot-hold  on  all  kinds  of  paved  streets. 

A  pad  of  very  elegant  appearance  is  "  Sheather's  Pneu- 
matic." It  is  not  solid  like  the  ordinary  frog-pad,  but 
hollow,  and  is  compressed  at  each  step,  but  immediately 
resumes  its  prominent  form  on  being  relieved  of  pressure. 


148 


THE     ART     OF     HORSE-SHOElNG. 


Fig.  iig. — Sheather's-pad. 

One  of  the  simplest  anti-slipping  pads  is  "  Balls  and 
Keep's  wedge-pad."  It  possesses  one  advantage  in  not 
covering  up  the  whole  under-surface  of  the  foot.  When 
properly  fitted,  it  is  firmly  retained  and  does  its  work,  but 
a  careless  farrier  may  so  apply  it  that  it  shifts  on  the  foot. 
To  fit  it  exactly,  the  wall  of  the  back  part  of  the  foot 
must  be  lowered  more  than  that  in  front,  so  that  shoe,  foot 
and  pad  may  all  be  closely  adjusted. 

What  is  called  the  "  bar-pad  "  is  a  leather  plate  on 
which  an  india-rubber  pad  occupies  the  whole  of  the  back 


Fig.  120.— Bar-pad  with  shoe. 


Fig. 3I2I.— Without  shoe. 


portion,  and  it  is  fixed  to  the  foot  with  a  short  shoe.  This 
pad  is  not  only  an  anti-slipping  agent,  it  is  anti-concussive, 
and  for  some  diseases  and   some  injuries  of  the  heels  is  a 


LEATHER    AND    RUBBER    PADS.  149 

most  valuable  appliance.  For  long-standing  "  corns,"  for 
cases  of  chronic  laminitis,  and  for  horses  that  markedly 
"  go  on  their  heels  "  the  bar-pad  is  without  doubt  the  most 
efficient  arrangement  yet  invented.  The  best  are  made  by 
Mr.  Urquhart. 

All  these  pads  increase  the  cost  of  shoeing,  but  what 
they  save,  by  preventing  falls  and  injuries  to  the  horse 
and  fear  and  anxiety  to  the  driver,  far  more  than 
balances  the  account  in  their  favour.  The  cost,  however, 
is  an  item,  and  inventors  have  turned  their  attention  to 
the  production  of  some  other  methods  of  applying  rubber 
in  connection  with  the  shoe  for  the  prevention  of  slipping. 

Shoes  have  been  manufactured  into  which  cavities  of 
different  forms  and  sizes  have  been  made.  These  are 
filled  by  correspondingly  shaped  pieces  of  rubber.  The 
cavity  must  be  so  formed  as  to  retain  the  rubber,  and 
this  renders  the  manufacture  very  difficult,  except  by  the 
employment  of  malleable  cast-iron  shoes.  This  is  a  great 
disadvantage. 

Another  plan  is  to  make  from  rolled  bar  iron  a 
hollow  shoe,  section  of  which  would  be  U-shaped,  but 
level  to  the  foot.  Into  the  groove  so  formed,  a  thick 
cord  of  rubber  is  placed  after  the  shoe  is  nailed  on  the 
foot.  This  wears  well  and  affords  good  foot-hold,  but  it 
entails  the  serious  objection  that  the  nails  are  difficult  to 
drive  and  far  from  being  so  safe  as  in  the  ordinary  shoe. 
If  rubber  is  ever  to  be  available  in  a  grooved  shoe,  it 
should  be  designed  so  that  the  nails  and  nail-holes  are 
not  interfered  with.  This  would  require  two  separate 
grooves  in  the  shoe — something  of  the  form  now  adopted 
in  the  Rod  way  bar.  The  outer  groove  would,  as  usual, 
take  the  nails,  whilst  the  inner  would  hold  the  rubber. 
Writing  to  Land  and  Water  in  1870  I  suggested  this 
combination  of  iron  and  rubber  as  likely  to  afford  the 
best  shoe  for  the  prevention  of  slipping — if  some  inventor 
would  show  us  how  to  fix  the  rubber  securely  after  the 
shoe  has  been  fitted.  Fig.  122,  which  I  am  allowed  to 
produce   by  the    courtesy  of   the  owners,    represents   a 


150 


The   art   of  horseshoeinC. 


patented  shoe — the  "  Martin  " — for  which  success  is 
claimed.  I  have  no  experience  of  its  use,  but  I  see  no 
reason  why  it  should  not  be  developed  into  a  good  practical 
shoe.  Like  the  Rod  way,  the  Martin  is  made  from  a  bar 
in  which  parallel  grooves  are  rolled.  The  requisite  length 
for  a  shoe  is  cut  off,  turned  round  and  fitted  to  the  foot. 
Then  the  rubber  is  placed  in  the  inner  groove  and  fixed  by 
hammering  up  the  heels  and  the  inner  ridge  of  iron.  A 
good  workman,  with  a  little  practice,  is  able  to  fix  the 
rubber  securely,  but  there  is  a  difficulty  in  turning  the  shoe 


Fig.  122.— The   "  Martin  "    Shoe. 


from  the  bar  without  buckling  the  grooves  and  ridges. 
To  bring  the  shoe  into  regular  use  it  should  be  saleable  to 
the  trade  in  shoe  form,  so  that  only  fitting  would  be  re- 
quired before  inserting  the  rubber.  Fixing  the  rubber  by 
hammering  is  a  method  apt  to  spoil  the  fit  of  a  shoe,  and 
I  should  much  prefer  some  mechanism  by  which  the  shoe 
was  firmly  held  whilst  gradual  pressure  closed  the  walls  of 
the  groove  upon  the  rubber.  Whilst  I  should  like  to  see 
some  combination  of  iron  and  rubber  for  the  ground-sur- 
face of  a  shoe,  I  must  insist  that  the  exactness  of  fit  of  the 
foot-surface  is  the  great  essential. 


OCCASIONAL     SHOES.  151 


Chapter  XII. 

Occasional    Shoes. 

The  Bar  Shoe  differs  from  the  ordinary  in  being- 
joined  at  the  heels  by  a  bar  which  takes  a  bearing  on  the 
frog.  In  making  it  care  is  required  to  prevent  spreading 
at  the  heels  when  the  bar  is  welded,  as  after  that  very 
little  alteration  can  be  made  in  its  width. 


Fig.  123.— Bar  Shoe. 


Far  too  much  value  has  been  placed  upon  this  shoe, 
which  has  nothing  to  recommend  it  except  its  bearing  on 
the  frog.  It  has  been  widely  used  on  horses  with  convex 
soles  resulting  from  laminitis.  Such  horses  go  on  their 
heels,  and  the  shoe  is  thinned  at  heel  and  toe  so  as  to  give 
a  "  rocker  "  motion  to  the  foot.  Unless  these  cases  have 
weak  heels  or  corns  an  ordinary  shoe  fitted  in  the  same 
way  is  equally  beneficial. 

Where  the  bar-shoe  is  useful  is  on  horses  that  have  heels 
incapable  of  taking  their  proper  amount  of  bearing.     In 


152  THE    ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

cases  of  corn  which  have  suppurated,  and  in  cases  of  false- 
quarter,  reHef  is  aiforded  to  the  heels  by  taking  a  bearing 
on  the  frog.  In  some  cases,  when  a  "  seedy  "  foot  shows 
separation  from  the  quarters  back  to  the  heel,  the  part  may 
be  relieved  of  pressure  by  a  bar-shoe  which  takes  a  bearing 
on  the  frog. 

The  bar-shoe  is  also  useful  when  it  is  desired  to  retain 
some  medicated  dressing  in  the  heels.  It  is  not  a  satis- 
factory shoe  for  hunters,  and  it  adds  considerably  to  the 
insecurity  of  foothold  on  stone-paved  streets. 

The  "Patten"  Shoe— This  is  a  high-heeled  shoe 
wdth  a  bar  connecting  the  heels.  Its  name  is  apparently 
derived  from  some  resemblance  to  "  pattens  "  worn  by  old 
women  in  wet  weather.  Its  promiscuous  use  on  lame 
horses  suggests  that  the  name  is  not  inappropriate — that 
it  is  a  favourite  article  with  old  women. 


Fig.  124.— A    Patten  Shoe. 


The  only  rational  use  of  this  shoe  is  to  fix  the  foot  in 
such  a  position  that  the  back  tendons  are  relaxed.  There 
are  doubtless  cases  of  lameness  in  horses  when  the  shoe 
may  be  used  with  some  good  result ;  but  not  every  case  of 
sprain  of  the  ligaments  or  tendons  at  the  back  of  the  leg 
should  be  treated  with  a  high-heeled  shoe.  One  of  the 
worst  results — and  one  of  the  most  common — to  be  ex- 
pected from  sprain  is  contraction  of  the  injured  parts. 
The  prolonged  use  of  a  high-heeled  shoe  facilitates  this 
contraction,  and  affords  very  little  more  rest  to  a  sprained 
tendon  than  ahorse  can  give  himself  by  flexing  the  knee. 


OCCASIONAL     SHOES. 


153 


The  FitzWygram  Shoe. — In  "  Horses  and  Stables  " 
by  Genl.  Sir  F.  FitzWygram,  Bt.,  a  shoe  with  a  tnrned-np 


Fig.  125.  —  FitzWygram   Shoe — Ground  Surface. 

toe  is  strongly  recommended.     The  accompanying  figures 
are  copied  from  plates  in  that  book  and  show  a  narrow 


Fig.  126.  —  FitzWygram  Shoe — Foot  Surface. 

shoe,  concave  on  the  ground  surface,  with  the  toe  tnrned- 
iip.  For  horses  that  stumble  or  strike  the  ground  whilst 
advancing  the  foot  this  shoe  is  useful,    but  for  any  other 


154  THE    ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

horse  its  value  is  not  evident.  The  way  in  which  the  toe 
is  turned  is  not  easily  mastered  by  a  smith,  and  I  do  not 
see  any  advantage  in  it  over  the  simpler  method  noted  on 
page  102,  Fig.  80. 

The  Hinged  Shoe. — A  shoe  with  a  hinge  at  the  toe 
was  first  made  with  the  idea  of  providing  for  the  rythmic 
expansion  of  the  foot.  Now  it  is  used  only  as  a  handy 
temporary  article  to  be  carried  by  a  horseman  in  case  of 
a  lost  shoe.     The  hinge  allows  it  to  be  closed  or  opened 


Fig.  127. — A   Hinged    Shoe. 

and  so  to  fit  more  or  less  accurately  different  sized  feet, 
and  even  a  fore  or  hind  foot.  To  enable  a  man  to  nail  on 
this  shoe  more  easily  and  safely  each  branch  should  have 
five  or  six  nail  holes  placed  closely  together,  so  that  the 
farrier  may  choose  which  to  use  when  a  hoof  is  much 
broken. 

An  Expansion  Shoe.— This  is  a  curious  result  of  mis- 
placed ingenuity.  The  inventor  desired  to  provide  for  an 
expansion,  which  may  be  disregarded,  and  to  do  so  has 
placed  two  ordinary  nail-holes  at  the  toe  whilst  he  replaced 
the  back  nail-holes  by  slots  in  which  the  nail-head  was 
permitted  a  free  lateral  motion.    If  sufficient  lateral  move- 


OCCASIONAL     SHOES. 


155 


ment  existed  it  is  certain  the  nail-head  could  not  have  a 
secure  hold  on  the  shoe,  so  unless  the  nail  had  a  defective 
hold  its  expansion  action  would  be  wanting. 


Fig.  128. — An    Expansion  Shoe. 

Expansion  shoes  are  a  fallacy.  They  seem  based  upon 
the  idea  that  contraction  is  an  active  process,  whereas  it  is 
simply  a  passive  action  and  ought  to  be  called  shrinkage. 
A  healthy  foot,  if  not  interfered  with,  does  not  shrink. 

Nailless  Shoes. — Very  various  are  the  devices  which 
have  been  invented  to  evade  the  supposed  evils  of  nails. 
Not  one  has  attained  its  object  but  by  introducing  evils 
worse  than  those  due  to  fixing  a  shoe  by  nails.  A  properly 
driven  nail,  through  a  properly  fitted  shoe,  is  absolutely 
harmless,  and  any  substitute  for  nails  should  be  at  least  as 
effective  and  as  free  from  harm.  When  horse's  feet  were 
robbed  of  all  the  horn  a  farrier  thought  necessary  to  remove 
for  the  purpose  of  making  the  hoof  a  pretty  geometrical 
figure,  nails  often  did  harm.  So  little  sound  horn  was  left 
that  very  great  skill  was  necessary  to  drive  a  nail  in  the 
attenuated  horn.  In  those  days  fine  nail-holes  were  used 
and  shoes  were  fitted  too  close.  Now  that  nail-holes  are 
properly  placed,  shoes  fitted  full  to  the  foot,  and  all  useful 
horn  carefully  preserved,  injuries  from  nails  are  uncommon. 


156 


THE    ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 


The  inventors  of  nailless  shoes  are  men  with  no  practical 
knowledge  of  shoeing.  They  are  able  to  recognise  the 
palpable  injury  inflicted  by  a  wrongly  driven  nail,  but  they 
seem  entirely  ignorant  of  the  much  more  common  injuries 
due  to  badly  fitted  shoes.  In  all  their  circulars  they  ex- 
hibit this  ignorance  by  stating  that  their  invention  can  be 
fixed  by  anyone.  They  know  nothing  of  the  necessity  of 
the  growing  hoof  being  kept  proportionate,  or  of  the  ex- 
actness of  fit  required  by  a  shoe  on  the  bearing-surface  of 
the  hoof.  Their  invention  needs  only  a  novice  to  attach 
it  to  the  foot — so  they  say  ! 

The  two  most  common  methods  by  which  inventors 
have  tried  to  supersede  nailing  are — {a)  by  clips  on  the 
toe  and  quarters,  (6)  by  metal  bands  running  across  the 
front  of  the  hoof  and  attached  to  the  shoe  on  either  side 
towards  the  heels.  The  three  following  figures  show  a 
nailless  shoe  in  which  a  short  sharp  spike  or  stud  is  fixed 
on  the   foot  surface  of  the  shoe  in  addition  to  the  clips. 


Fig.  129.   (a). — Foot-surface   of  Nailless    Shoe. 

The  spike  assists  to  give  firmness  to  the  attachment.     The 
following  directions  are  copied,  with  the  figures. 


OCCASIONAL     SHOES. 


157 


"  The  Shoe  is  fixed  in  the  following  simple  manner  : — 

I.  Obtain  a  shoe  of  the  correct  size  and  should  it  not  be 
the  exact  shape  of  the  hoof  open  or  close  the  forks.  This  can 
be  done  cold,  there  being  so  many  sizes  that  only  a  very  slight 
alteration  would  ever  be  necessary. 


Fig.  129  (c)— Section    showing   Spike   (A)    and    Clip   (B). 

2.  Put  the  Studs  A — ^which  are  supplied  loose  in  order  to 
obtain  the  exact  contour  of  the  hoof  more  easily, — in  their  holes 
and  fasten  them.  This  is  done  by  clenchmg  the  metal  of  the 
Shoe  C  over  the  shoulder  of  the  vStuds  A  with  a  blunt  chisel 
applied  at  E, 


158 


THE     ART     OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 


3.  The  Shoe  is  then  placed  in  position  and  a  blow  from 
below  causes  the  Studs  A  to  become  embedded  in  bottom  of 
the  wall  of  the  hoof. 

4.  The  foot  is  then  placed  on  the  ground  and  the  clips  B 
hammered  up  against  the  hoof  without  penetrating  it.  These 
clips  can  be  made  to  any  desired  pattern.  A  portion  of  the 
outer  waU  of  the  hoof  is  thus  wedged  in  between  the  clips 
B  and  the  Studs  A,  and  the  shoe  is  fixed." 

It  is  a  safe  prophecy  to  say  that  this  contrivance  will 
fail — as  have  all  its  predecessors.  No  security  of  hold  can 
be  obtained  by  clips  unless  they  are  very  strong  and 
hammered  down  so  firmly  as  to  cause  lameness. 

The  Steel-band  method  of  attachment  is  shown  in  Fig. 
130.  Some  ingenuity  has  been  displayed  in  the  way  in  which 
the  band  is  attached  to  the  shoe.  Sometimes  a  single 
long  clip  runs  from  the  toe  of  the  shoe  upwards  and  is 
bent  over  the   band.     In  others  two  or  three  thin  steel 


Fig.    130. — A    Nailless    Shoe. 

connections  pass  from  the  shoe  to  the  band  so  as  to  give 
steadiness.  Very  seldom  does  this  plan  give  security 
enough  to  prevent  frequent  loss  of  shoes.  In  the  only  case 
in  which  I  have  seen  shoes  retained,  a  very  much  worse 
injury  to  the  hoof  resulted  than  mere  loss  of  shoe.  The 
band  gradually  wore  a  groove  in  the  horn  and  as  this  groove 
grew  down  with  the  hoof  the  time  soon  arrived  when  the 
band  could  not  be  fixed, 


OCCASIONAL     SHOES. 


159 


Side-weights  and  Toe-weights.— The  two  shoes 
shown  in  Figs.  131  and  132  are  not  much  used  in  this  coun- 
try. They  are  beheved  in  by  the  trotting  fraternity  of  the 
United  States,  who  imagine  that  some  curious  alterations  in 


Fig.  132. — Toe-weighted  Shoe. 


the  action  of  horses  can  be  effected  by  increasing  or  decreas- 
ing the  weight  of  iron  at  different  parts  of  the  shoe.  No  care- 
ful experiments  have  been  made  to  prove  the  theories ;  but 


160  THE    ART     OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

when  a  horse  has  from  any  cause  increased  his  pace  on 
the  track  and  coincidently  been  shod  with  some  cm'ious 
pattern  of  shoe  the  credit  has  been  given  to  the  shoe. 
When  deahng  with  Hving  animals  great  difficulty  is  ex- 
perienced in  tracing  effects  to  causes.  Horses,  like  men, 
are  affected  by  their  surroundings,  and  by  their  internal 
arrangements.  Work,  food,  excitement,  and  constitu- 
tional changes  all  affect  the  performances  of  animals,  and 
lead  to  the  invention  of  theories  to  account  for  the  varia- 
tions. Without  going  so  far  as  to  assert  that  no  shoe  can 
be  relied  upon  to  increase  or  decrease  the  length  of  stride 
made  by  a  horse  during  progression,  I  may  say  that  until 
careful  experiments  demonstrate  the  possibility  I  decline 
to  believe  it.  I  also  confess  to  a  strong  disbelief  in  the 
ability  of  weighted  shoes  to  widen  the  action.  That  heavy 
shoes  or  weights  on  the  hoof  cause  a  horse  to  lift  his  feet 
higher  I  know  is  a  fact,  and  therefore  young  horses  may 
be  trained  by  their  aid  to  bend  the  knee  and  lift  the  foot. 
The  position  of  the  weight  of  the  shoe  for  this  purpose  is 
immaterial  and  is  best  applied  evenly  over  the  whole  shoe. 
I  willingly  grant  that  effects  are  produced  by  means 
which  we  adopt,  but  which  we  do  not  understand.  If  T 
am  convinced  by  empirical  experience  that  a  certain  thing 
causes  a  definite  effect  I  accept  the  fact  even  if  I  am 
unable  to  explain  it.  If  toe  or  side  weights  were  found  by 
experiments,  carefully  conducted,  to  do  what  they  are 
supposed  to  do  I  should  acknowledge  the  fact,  and  might 
try  to  find  an  explanation.  But  they  do  not.  The  facts 
are  contradictory  and  the  explanations  ridiculous.  The 
general  acceptance  of  the  queer-shaped  shoes  by  the  trot- 
ting men  is  no  argument  in  their  favour.  Horsemen  are 
among  the  most  credulous  of  human  beings,  and  never 
more  prone  to  accept  error  than  when  it  is  accompanied 
by  mystery. 

Fig.  133  shows  what  is  fancied  by  some  persons  to  be 
the  acme  of  invention  in  toe  weights.  The  weight  can  be 
moved  down  to  the  shoe,  up  to  the  coronet  or  fixed  any- 


OCCASIONAL     SHOES. 


161 


where  between  those  two  points.     The  idea  that  such  pre- 
cision is  attainable  in  modifying  a  horse's  action  by  shift- 


Fig.  133. — A   Moveable  Toe  Weight. 


ing  the  weight  half  an  inch  is  preposterous.     The  whole 
thing  is  a  piece  of  empiricism. 

Mr.  Jos.  Cairn  Simpson  published  a  book  at  San 
Francisco  in  1883  on  "Tips  and  Toe  Weights."  No 
writer  has  approached  the  subject  with  more  knowledge, 
but  his  work  is  far  from  convincing.  In  his  last  chapter — 
"  Unsolved  Problems  " — he  says,  "  "When  I  wrote  the  pre- 
ceding chapters  of  the  appendix,  about  two  years  ago,  I 
then  thought  I  had  a  fair  knowledge  of  weight  on  the  feet 
of  horses.  Now,  after  that  length  of  time  of  study,  obser- 
vation and  tests  of  many  experiments,  I  am  in  doubt,  and 
in  place  of  offering  rules  for  the  guidance  of  others,  am 
forced  to  admit  a  want  of  confidence  to  make  statements 
with  any  degree  of  authority."  A  few  pages  further  is  the 
heading — "  Side-weights  Useless."  His  whole  position  is 
summed  up  in  the  quotation  from  page  38 — "  Weight  is 
advantageous  in  the  education  of  many  trotters,  but  I  am 
greatly  in  doubt  of  any  benefit  accruing  after  the  schooHng 
has  progressed  to  a  certain  stage.  Further  than  that,  I 
have  faith  that  the  trotter  of  the  future  will  be  relieved^ 
from  the  incumbrance  of  heavy  masses  of  metal  on  the 
feet,  whether  in  the  shape  of  shoes  or  weights." 

In  another  work  on   shoeing,   published  in  1895,  the 
author — Mr.   W.  Kussell,    of     Cincinnati — attempts    an 


explanation  of  what   he    calls    "  balancing 


a  horse  by 


162  THE    ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEINC. 

alterations  of  his  shoes.  He  says — "  Upon  examination 
it  will  be  found  that  the  fourteenth  dorsal  vertebra  is  the 
pivot  or  axis  around  which  the  weight  is  poised — being  the 
centre  of  gravity.  It  is  plain,  therefore,  that  if  the  sym- 
metry of  the  horse  be  affected  either  by  disproportionate 
construction,  by  acquired  faults  or  by  wrong  shoeing,  that 
his  centre  of  gravity  is  disturbed,  that  is,  he  is  unbalanced. 

When,  therefore,  a  horse  is  found  with  some 

fault  the  all  important  thing  is  to  determine  how  he  is 
unbalanced,  and  proceed  to  distribute  equally  around  the 
centre  of  his  gravitation  the  natural  and  acquired  weights 
he  must  carry.     No  general  rule  can  be  given  for  this." 

All  I  need  add  to  this  remarkable  mixture  of  ideas  is 
that  the  writer  exhibits  a  want  of  even  an  elementary 
knowledge  of  his  subject. 

I  can  find  neither  in  practice  nor  in  theory  a  single 
reason  to  believe  that  toe-weights  and  side-weights  on 
shoes  are  more  than  the  product  of  perverted  ingenuity, 
maintained  in  practice  by  ignorance  and  credulity. 


SHOEING     COMPETITIONS.  163 


Chapter  XIII. 
Shoeing    Competitions. 

The  Agricultural  Societies  that  have  made  horse- 
shoeing competitions  a  feature  of  their  annual  shows 
have  distinctly  done  good  to  the  art.  In  those  districts 
which  have  had  the  benefit  of  those  competitions  for 
many  years  past,  horse-shoeing  is  best  done.  In  those 
districts  where  no  competitions  have  been  held,  shoeing  is 
generally  badly  done.  When  the  farrier  takes  a  pride  in 
his  work  he  is  more  careful  with  details.  Provided  proper 
principles  are  adopted,  no  calling  is  more  dependent  upon 
care  in  details  for  the  best  results  than  that  of  the  farrier. 
Competitions  stimulate  emulation  amongst  men.  Public 
appreciation,  as  displayed  by  the  prominence  given  to  the 
art  by  the  show  authorities  and  by  the  admiring  crowd 
that  generally  assembles  to  see  the  men  at  work,  en- 
courages a  feeling  of  responsibility  and  gratifies  the  natural 
and  honest  pride  of  the  workman.  Very  few  trades  have 
suffered  more  from  public  neglect  and  indifference  than 
that  of  the  farrier. 

The  success  of  a  shoeing  competition  depends  almost 
entirely  upon  the  secretary  of  a  show,  unless  that  officer 
has  amongst  his  stewards  an  energetic  horseman  who  has 
grasped  the  importance  of  good  shoeing  and  who  possesses 
some  organizing  powers. 

All  the  arrangements  for  the  competition  must  be 
completed  before  the  work  is  commenced,  and  upon  their 
perfection  depends  the  success  of  the  whole  thing.  There 
should,  if  possible,  be  two  classes — one  for  heavy  horses 
and  one  for  light  horses.  At  large  competitions,  there 
should  also  be  a  champion  class.     There  are  farriers  who 


164  THE    ART    OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

travel  from  show  to  show  and  generally  appear  in  the 
prize  list.  This  handicaps  the  local  men,  and  is  not 
encouraging  to  those  who  have  not  quite  risen  to  front 
rank.  The  object  of  the  competition  is  to  improve  the 
work  of  the  district,  and  it  is  quite  a  question  whether  the 
rules  should  not  exclude  men  who  have  taken,  say,  two 
first  prizes  at  any  large  competition.  The  only  argument 
in  favour  of  letting  the  well-known  smith  who  has  taken 
many  prizes  enter  a  competition  is  that  his  work  may  be 
seen,  examined,  and  imitated.  By  confining  prize  winners 
to  the  champion  class,  this  good  would  be  attained  ;  at  the 
same  time,  more  encouragement  would  be  given  to  local 
men. 

At  all  times  it  is  the  young  man  who  jnost  readily  yields 
to  teaching,  and  the  competitions  make  no  attempt  to 
cultivate  the  emulation  of  the  younger  men.  In  these  days 
when  apprenticeship  has  almost  fallen  into  disuse  some 
provision  might  well  be  made  for  bringing  out  the  lads 
working  in  farriers'  shops.  A  class  for  young  fellows  under 
twenty  years  of  age  would  certainly  do  good.  It  would 
inspire  emulation  and  afford  opportunity  for  seeing  the 
best  work  in  the  district. 

The  necessities  for  a  competition  include  anvils,  fires 
tools,  iron  and  horses. 

For  every  five  men  there  should  be  one  anvil,  with  its 
accompanying  vice  and  forge.  The  anvil  should  be  so 
placed  that  the  sun  is  not  full  on  the  face  of  the  workman. 
The  exact  relative  position  of  anvil,  vice  and  forge  should 
be  entrusted  to  a  practical  farrier,  and  the  whole  placed 
the  night  before  they  are  wanted.  Coal,  nails  and  iron 
should  also  be  provided.  If  competitors  are  allowed  to 
bring  their  own  iron  or  nails,  some  poor  men  may  be  placed 
at  a  disadvantage,  and  the  habitual  competitor,  versed  in 
every  detail,  is  given  an  advantage.  Each  man  should 
bring  all  smaller  tools  he  may  want.  In  broken  weather 
a  canvas  roof  should  be  supplied  both  for  horses  and  work- 
men. At  all  times,  a  temporary  wooden  floor  should  be 
put  down  for  the  horses  to  stand  upon .     This  should  be  a 


SHOEING     COMPETITIONS.  165 

little  longer  than  the  line  of  anvils,  so  that  each  man  has 
his  horse  opposite  his  anvil.  It  should  be  at  least  twelve 
feet  deep,  so  that  there  is  room  enough  behind  and  in 
front  of  the  horses  for  men  to  pass.  On  the  side  farthest 
from  the  anvils  a  firm  rail  must  be  fixed,  to  which  the 
horse's  halters  may  be  tied,  and  outside  of  this — at  least 
six  feet  distant — should  be  another  line  of  post  and  rails  to 
keep  back  spectators. 

Horses  have  to  be  borrowed  or  hired,  and  one  horse  is 
sufficient  for  two  competitors.  Care  should  be  taken  not 
to  have  any  horse  with  unusually  bad  feet.  The  most 
suitable  horses  are  those  with  over-grown  hoofs.  Under 
no  circumstances  should  a  vicious  or  fidgety  horse  be 
selected. 

When  time  is  not  an  object,  the  best  test  of  a  work- 
man is  to  require  him  to  make  a  fore  and  hind  shoe  and 
put  them  on  the  horse.  At  a  one-day  show,  or  at  a  com- 
petition when  the  entries  are  large,  it  is  sufficient  to 
require  the  making  of  a  fore  and  hind  shoe  and  the  fitting 
and  nailing  on  of  the  front  one.  A  reasonable  time  should 
be  fixed,  and  undue  haste  should  be  deprecated. 

There  should  always  be  two  judges,  who  should  be 
supplied  with  books  in  which  each  division  of  the  opera- 
tion of  shoeing  should  be  separately  marked.  There  are 
only  three  important  divisions  of  the  subject  :  (1)  Pre- 
paration of  the  foot ;  ('2)  making  the  shoes  ;  and  (3)  fitting 
and  nailing  on. 

Sometimes  these  operations  are  marked  separately  for 
fore  and  hind  feet.  I  consider  this  quite  unnecessary. 
There  is  not  sufficient  difference  either  in  principle  or 
detail  to  require  each  foot  to  be  specially  marked.  The 
judge,  of  course,  notes  everything  in  his  mind,  and  it  is 
sufficient  for  him  to  estimate  and  mark  the  value  of  the 
work  under  the  three  different  operations.  The  great  fault 
I  find  with  most  competitions  is  that  "  the  preparation  " 
of  the  foot  for  the  shoe  is  not  more  strictly  defined.  The 
competitors  are  permitted  to  mix  up  the  "  preparation  " 
and  the  "fitting."     Some  of  them  do  nothing  to  the  foot 


166  THE     ART     OF    HORSE-SHOEING. 

until  they  commence  to  fit  the  shoe.  This  is  wrong,  and 
every  foot  should  be  properly  prepared — the  bearing-surface 
formed  and  the  proportions  of  the  hoof  attended  to — before 
the  fitting  is  attempted.  A  rule  to  this  effect  should  be 
added  to  the  conditions  in  the  schedule  of  the  competition. 
Each  judge  may  perhaps  be  permitted  to  fix  his  own  stand- 
ard of  marking,  but  a  uniform  system  would  be  useful  for 
comparison.  If  the  maximum  be  indicated  by  too  small  a 
figure,  difficulty  often  arises  in  exactly  determining  the 
merits  of  men  who  have  come  out  equal  in  the  totals,  and 
there  is  too  often,  in  a  large  class,  a  number  whose  marks 
are  about  equal.  The  three  operations — preparing  the 
foot,  making  the  shoe,  fitting  and  nailing  on — are  about 
equal  in  value.  A  maximum  of  five  points  in  each  is  too 
small  a  number  to  make  distinctive  marking  easy,  but 
there  is  nothing  gained  by  adopting  a  higher  maximum 
than  ten.  A  marking  sheet  for  the  judges  of  a  shoeing 
competition  may  be  something  in  this  form  : 

CLASS  


No.  of 
Competitor. 


Preparation 
of  feet. 


Making 
Shoes. 


Fitting  and 
nailing  on. 


Total. 


Remarks. 


The  stewards  should  see  that  each  competitor  has  a 
number,  and  that  the  same  number  is  attached  to  the  side 
of  the  horse  on  which  he  works.  The  steward  also  should 
take  the  time  at  which  each  batch  of  competitors  com- 
mences work  and  see  that  none  exceed  it. 

Excessive  rasping  of  shoes  should  be  prohibited,  and 
the  men  should  see  the  sizes  and  kinds  of  nails  provided, 
so  that  they  may  make  their  "fuller"  and  nail-holes 
accordingly. 

Shoeing  competitions  are  almost  entirely  confined  to 
country   districts.     It  is  a  great   pity  that  they  are  not 


SHOEING     COMPETITIONS.  16? 

attempted  in  large  towns.  The  only  difficulty  is  the 
expense.  It  would  well  repay  large  horse-owners  to  sub- 
scribe and  support  this  method  of  improving  the  art. 

In  conclusion,  I  must  say  that  the  best  of  all  ways  to 
improve  the  art  is  by  giving  practical  instruction  at  the 
anvil.  A  few  lessons  from  a  competent,  practical  teacher 
are  worth  more  than  all  books  or  lectures,  as  the  work 
has  then  to  be  done,  errors  are  pointed  out  and  corrected, 
and  reasons  given  for  each  step  as  it  is  attempted. 

The  Berkshire  County  Council  has  adopted  a  travelling 
forge — the  suggestion  of  Mr.  Albert  Wheatley,  V.S.,  of 
Reading — which  is  accompanied  by  an  instructor  and 
passes  from  town  to  town  and  village  to  village.  In  this 
way  is  supplied  the  tuition  which  used  to  be  obtained  by 
apprenticeship  to  a  good  workman.  Other  County  Coun- 
cils should  adopt  this  method. 

[Since  writing  the  paragraph  recommending  classes 
for  Apprentices  at  Competitions,  I  hear  the  Yorkshire  Agri- 
cultural Society  have  practically  tried  the  idea  and  that  it 
has  been  attended  with  marked  success. — W.  H.J 


THE   END. 


INDEX. 


Action  of  the  Foot 
Advantages  of  Shoeing 
Amateur  Instructors 

Bad  Nail  Holes 

Bar  Pad 

Bar  Shoes 

Bars,  the 

Bearing  Surface  of  Foot 

Bearing  Surface  of  Shoe 

Binding  by  Nails 

Blood-vessels 

Bones  of  Foot 

Box-seated  Shoe 

Bruised  Heels 

Brushing 

Burnt  Sole 

Calkins 

Carriage  Horse  Shoes 

Cartilages  of  Foot 

"  Charlier  "  Shoe 

Choice  of  Shoe 

Clacking 

Clinches 

CHps 

Close  Fitting 

Coarse  Nail  Holes 

Coffin  Bone 

Cold  Fitting 

Competitions 

Concave  Shoe 

Contracted  Feet 

Convex  Soles 

Corns 

Coronary  Band 

Coronary  Cushion 

Cutting 

Deformed  Foot 

Direction  of  Nail  Holes 
Disproportionate  Foot 
Drawing-knife 
Dray-horse  Shoes 


32 
6 


77 
148 

II 

49 

67 

123 

31 

25 
135 
124 
128 
126 

7i 

85 

29 

107 

80 

131 

"3 

102 

93 

75 

26 

104 

163 

68 

140 

134 

124 

20 

30 

127 

136 
76 

43 
40 
88 


INDEX. 


Driving  Nails 
"  Dropped  "  Sole 

Effects  of  Foot  on  Leg     . 
Elastic  Structures 
Easing  the  Heels 
Excessive  Rasping 
Expansion  of  Foot 
Expansion  of  Shoes 

Farriery,  definition  of 
Feet,  form  of 
Fine  Nail  Holes 
Fitting  the  Shoe     ... 
Fitting  Tips 
FitzWygram  Shoes 
Flat  Feet 
Foals'  Feet 
Foot-surface  of  Shoe 
Forging  ... 

Form  and  Action  of  Foot 
Form  of  Shoes 
French  Clips 
Frog,  The 

,,     Point  of 

„     Cleft 

,,     Band,  The 
Frog-pad 
Frog  Pads 
Frost  Nails 
Fullered  Bar- iron 
Fullered  Shoe 

Ground  Surface  of  Shoe 
Growth  of  Hoof 

Hack  Shoes 
Hoof,  Form  of 

,,     Quality  of 

,,     Growth  of 
High  Heels 
Hinged  Shoes 
Horn— its  Properties 
Horny  Laminae 
Hot  Fitting 
Hunting  Shoes 

Injuries  from  Shoeing 
Injury  from  Clips 
"  Interfering  " 


112 

134 

57 
28 

97 

54 

34 

155 


75 

91 
105 
153 
133 

56 

64 

131 
32 
60 

137 
15 
15 
16 

17 
29 

147 
116 

79 

68 

68 
22 

84 
10 
10 
22 
44 

154 
24 
12 

103 
82 

122 
124 
128 


INDEX. 

Irregular  Wear        ...  ...                 ...                 loi 

"  Knocked-up "  Shoes  ...                  ...                  ...        128 

Laminae,  Horny       ...  ...                  ...                    12 

,,         Sensitive  ...                  ...                  ...          19 

Lateral  Cartilages  ...                 ...                   28 

Leather  Soles  ...                 ...                 ...       145 

Length  of  Shoes  ...                 ...                   94 

Long  Toe  ...                 ...                 ...         44 

Machine-made  Shoes  ...                  ...                   77 

"  Martin "  Shoes  ...                  ...                  ...        150 

Model  Bearing  Surface  ...                  ...                  100 

Moveable  Toe- weight  ...                     .                  ...        161 

Movement  of  Hoof  ...                  ...                    35 

Nail  Holes  ...                   ...                  ...          74 

Nailing  on  Shoes  ...                  ...                  in 

Nailless  Shoes  ...                  ...                  ...        156 

Nails,  Form  of         ...  ...                  ...                    74 

Narrow  Feet  ...                  ...                  ...          10 

Navicular  Bone        ...  ...                  ...                    27 

North  of  England  Shoes  ...                  ...          90 

Notched  Shoes  ...                  ...                   70 

Omnibus  Horse  Shoes  ...                 ...                 ...         87 

One-sided  Hoof        ...  ...                  ...                    47 

Opening  the  Heels  ...                  ...                  ...         54 

Outline  Fitting         ...  ...                  ...                    92 


Overgrown  Foot 


41 


Over-reaching            ...  ..                    ...                   129 

Over-reduction  of  Hoof  ...                  ...          55 

Pads  for  Horse  Shoes  ...                  ...                  147 

Paring  the  Sole            •  ...                  ...                  ...          53 

"  Patten "  Shoes  ...                  ...                  152 

Pedal  Bone  ...                  ...                  ...         26 

Plantar  Cushion        ...  ...                  ...                    30 

Pneumatic  Pad  ...                  ...                  ...        148 

Position  of  Nail  Holes  ...                  ...                    75 

Preparation  of  Foot  ...                  ...                  ...          37 

Prepared  Bar-iron  ...                  ...                    79 

Prepared  Feet  ...                  ...                  ...         51 

Pricking  by  Nails  ...                  ...                  122 

Properties  of  Horn  ...                  ...                  ...         24 

Proportionate  Foot,  A  ...                  ...                    38 

"Quick,"  The  ...                 ...                  ...         18 

Racing  Plates  ...                  ...                    81 

Rasp,  The       ...  ...                 ...                 ...         40 


INDEX. 

Ridged  Shoes            ...  ...                  ...                   70 

Ring  Leathers  ...                  ...                  ...        146 

"  Rodway "  Shoe     ...  ...                  ...                    69 

Roughing  ...                   ...                   •••        114 

Rubber  Pads              ...  ...                   ...                   147 

Rubber  and  Iron  Shoes  ...                  ...        149 

Sandcrack                  ...  ...                  ...                  137 

Saucer-shaped  Shoes  ...                  ...                  ...         98 

Scotch  Cart  Horses  ...                  ...                    90 

Screw  "  Sharps "  ...                  ...                  ...        119 

Seated  Shoes             ...  ...                   65 

Section  of  Foot  ...                  ...                  •■■          25 

Seedy  Toe                 ...  ...                  ••■                  141 

Selection  of  Shoes  ...                  ...                  ...         80 

Sensitive  Foot,  The  ...                  ...                    18 

,,        Laminae  ...                  ...                  ...          19 

„        Sole           ...  ...                  ...                    21 

Sharping  Shoes  ...                  ...                  ...        117 

Shoeing  Bad  Feet  ...                  ...                  133 

,,      Competitions  ...                  ...                  ...        163 

„       Hacks         ...  ...    .              ...                    82 

,,       Hunters  ...                  ...                  ...          82 

,,       Racehorses  ...                  ...                    81 

Shoeless  Horses  ...                  ...                  ...           6 

Shoes  for  Vanners  ...                  ...                    87 

Side-weights  ...                  ...                  ...        159 

Sole,  The                   ...  ...                  ...                    14 

,,     Structure  of  ...                   ...                   ...          15 

Speedy  cut                 ...  ...                  ...                  130 

Steeplechase  Plates  ...                   ...                   ...          81 

Stumped-up  Toe      ...  ...                  ...                    52 

Surface  Fitting  ...                   ...                   ...          95 

Surface  of  Shoes       ...  ...     '              ...                     63 

Tapping  Shoes  ...                  ...                  ...        120 

Temporary  Shoe  ...                  ...                  154 

Theory  of  the  Charlier  System  ...                  ...        108 

Thickness  of  Wall  ...                  ...                    13 

Thickness  of  Shoe  ...                  ...                  ...         62 

Three-quarter  Shoe  ...                  ...                  125 

Tips                   ...  ...                  ...                  ...        105 

Toe-pieces                  ...  ...                  ...                    89 

Toe-weights  ...                  ...                  ...        159 

Toeing-knife              ...  ...                  ...                    40 

Treads              ...  ...                  ...                  ...        126 

Treatment  for  Sandcrack  ...                  ...                  139 

,,           of  Frog  ...                   ...                   ...          49 

,,           of  Sole  ,.,                  ...                    50 


I   I 


INDEX. 


Turned-in  Wall 
Twisted  Feet 

Uneven  Bearing  Surfaces 
Uneven  Feet 
Uneven  Pressure  of  Shoe 
Unshod  Feet 

Value  of  Horse  Shoeing 
Van- horse  Shoes 

Wall,  The       ... 
Wear  of  Shoes 
Wedge  Pad 
Weight  of  Shoes 
Weighted  Shoes 
White  Line,  The 
Wide  Fitting 
Width  of  Shoe 
Winter  Shoeing 


141 
141 

52 

48 

96 

57 

6 

87 
II 

lOI 

148 
61 

12 

93 

62 

115 


Printed  by  H.  A'  W.  Brown,  20  Fri,HA:\r  Roai>,   Lonkox,  S.W, 


9ic 


i